Home

SIMOVERT Master Drives Rectifier/Regenerating Unit Sizes C to K

1. 8 2 4 Replacing thyristor blocks 8 2 4 1 Disassembling the thyristor blocks for size H S 9 d HEG LO 207 2 NE eE RE E Level B Level A GO PNG EF d d hi m gt Eel ee a i i 8 8 7 p S Front thyristor block level A weight of a thyristor block approx 9 5 kg Swing out the two doors N by removing two 4 slit Torx screws in each case Detach cable R from the modules and the screen fixture Remove 2 6 hexagon head bolts 2 and swing out electronics box as far as the stop Only on disassembling the central thyristor block open 4 twisted cables and detach cable for the two thermistors that are only located on the central thyristor block Unplug the gate and cathode cables G Remove 8 hexagon head bolts A Loosen the two M8 hexagon head screws U push rail gt approx 150 mm upwards and swing the thyristor block out forwards Loosen 6 nut and pull the thyristor block out upwards at an angle Rear thyristor block level B weight of a thyristor block approx 9 5 kg Unplug the gate and cathode cables G K 2 Remove 3 8 hexagon head bolts 3 Loosen M6 pull the thyristor block out upw
2. 9 3 85485 interface 9 4 9 4 ASSGImDIy s 9 4 Function and terminal 9 5 Parametenzatlon eie 9 5 SIMOVIS EE 9 5 Spare a neon Eee 10 1 Blank LObOOK Jaran 12 1 Environmental 13 1 dala oho t 14 1 Power reduction at increased coolant temperature 14 10 Power reduction at altitudes gt 1000m above MSL 14 10 Applied standards u T da edd ana fd o 14 11 Index s a bia essen didi don 15 1 12 96 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 11 94 Definitions 0 Definitions e QUALIFIED PERSONNEL within the meaning of these operating instructions or the warning information on the product itself are persons who are entrusted with installation assembly commissioning and operation of the product and who avail of qualifications corresponding to their activities e g
3. ZILA EVEN Q O Q O O 1 Jo1su Aui JO juaw uey 0891v 70869 60LX OLV yuls eey uo JOSUSS PULS Figure 3 33 Power section 6SE7032 2HE85 1AA0 660 690V 222A Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 3 44 Operating instructions Connection 12 95 c89L V 70860 VG LX 21 ZAL LLL enk vx v89LV 70860 109 3d 1 ILA c1 ILA r1 ILN LX 19 1 gt ELUCML ZILA EVEN Q O O O O O 19 10151410 yuswa buey 089 v 70860 60LX OLV yulsyeey uo JOSUSS euue Figure 3 34 Power section 6SE7032 7HE85 1AA0 and 6SE7034 2HE85 1AA0 660 690V 270A and 420A 3 45 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Operating instructions Rectifier Regenerating Unit 12 95 Connection 289 V EV0860 eco 929 tzo veu 211 ZAL LLL fent vx 929 622 129 1 ILA LA 19 1 2891 V 70860 2 101 vel ver v3 ei i EVEN SVIN Q 19 1015
4. 0891v 70869 gt 60LX 0 LIV L 60X MUISJESY y uo JOsues Jew Figure 3 18 Power section 6SE7031 7EE85 1AA0 380 460V 173A 3 29 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 12 95 Connection 6891 67086 ELL GAL O LLL ZNL vx 89IV v0860 1097 1 7 9 Q 0 6891 87086 6 13 LUVCME EVIM Q 401su u JO jueuieBueuy 0891 70860 gt 60LX 0 LY MUISJESY eui uo JOsues Jew vin Q Figure 3 19 Power section 65 7032 2 85 1 0 380 460V 222A Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 3 30 Operating instructions Connection 12 95 Va 1X 19 gt EVIM TVIA 3891 V 70860 2891 V Evr086D 401su u JO jueuieBueuy 5 6 TX oly vex 6 veel 08917 70869 xe SS gt 601 01 Vel yuisyeey y uo JOsues ewa Lt d PES LLL GS H ZAL dd ARX 3 31 Figure 3 20 Power section 6SE7033 1EE85 1AA0 380 460V 310A Operating instructions
5. ju 1u uno 91 0913 9164 199 pled Eled sod 01 Ul pwj zua ung ul m pueqpeeq 5444 5604 n 2801 9001 Si HXH XI 9201 6554 euin apa 19895 8lEd 185 4 47 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up HND ey Jo Z t p n A syo ules X a T enje SO Ieuluu81 0 100 1 JO slu luoo 440 e Bunuayy 1esyo vv no ueb vv no 1694 969d enpe vv nO HND 99110 Indino Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Operating Instructions Rectifier Regenerating Unit Start Up 12 95 5105 ay aunbl4 700 L 500 0 200 0 100 0 0 8 64 6 44 61 Hq PJOM 81 1 I 19 D O 6 6 8 6 700 08 041U0O anleses aseq D zo 06Sd v Y pequosep SI SIUL eq ueo 4 49 2224 01 L d 7164 80td 0ZEd 0101 2
6. 4201 HEG TOE SCI 1 and 2 Slave BE2 Consecutivelyto J BEID EM gt gt gt gt x gt x lt lt gt x gt x x lt l gt 4210 BE10 4211 4212 x x x x 4216 6 SCB SST USS Peer t Peer Wordi J SCB SST USS Peer t Peer Word4 UP Ja x 6001 SST2 1 2 117 1 5 Wordi x x x x x Consecutively to x SST2 PTP1 A2 X1171 5 Word 5 x ox ox x Value can be assigned for the selection parameters Made d EE HE E gt x gt gt x gt x gt gt x gt x gt gt x Factory setting X for 590 P591 xG for basic setting with P077 0 xR for reserve setting with P077 0 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 4 17 Start Up 12 95 4 3 1 1 7 Significance of control word 1 and 2 commands The status of the rectifier regenerating unit can be read in the operating display 000 e g READY TO SWITCH ON r000 009 The function sequences are described in the sequence in which they are realized Bit0 ON command T ON The command is executed with a positive edge change from L to H L H only in the READY TO SWITCH ON 009 Af
7. 25 16 21 V23 Figure 3 26 Arrangement of the thyristor blocks view from right hand side of unit Size K see dimension drawing in Section 2 4 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 3 37 12 95 Connection S 6X 7 6 6X 2 6 LX 1891 57086 Ar N N 8 veel Vel td ELL LL ICME 2 LLL fen ZEN SCA 1 18917 57086 dd 1 ILA gt ELX 7 9 I III 8 6 fors 1891 57086 LLCMLE J ZIX SIX ZLLZAL 3y va EVIM JO 0891 6 0860 gt 60LX 0LV MUISJESY uo JOSUSS Figure 3 27 Power section 6SE7022 7FC85 1AA0 6SE7024 1FC85 1AA0 65 7027 2 85 1 0 and 6SE7028 8FC85 1AA0 500 575V 7 27A 72A and 94 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 3 38 Operating instructions
8. 16 23 12 25 Level front level Figure 3 24 Arrangement of the thyristor blocks Size H see dimension drawing in Section 2 4 Siemens 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Operating instructions Rectifier Regenerating Unit 3 35 12 95 Connection 9891 70869 ELL ZML ZLL ZAL LLL ZNL usay i Saramama ee 9891 0869 zzuzzo IT Tm lul EEE N z fr p JA LL lt ERES TT J0J081U09 Uren jun Ajddns JOMOQ AvZ yun oj eed suonoeuuo 2 08917 57086 gt 601X 01V MUISJBSY y uo JOSUSS ewa 4 i 79 TVLA FLX amp 3d Figure 3 25 Power section Size K Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 3 36 Operating instructions 12 95 Level A 13 15 V22 V11 V26 Level B Connection 14 12 24
9. M a s wm wama s s s s I ost ull OG 8ul JO doo pesojo pue uado i 10sseooJdoJotN E ZOLX uodo om om gt on m 2 ASL ASL AS r 089lLV Ev0869 I 1 1 A r i 4 I i I Aiddns samog I i i 2 i 805 1 I i i ies i 008X mn PS 2 47 4 4 Here om 56 t 6X 66 2 6 6 Qe Om SIAOWIS 9 65654 SIAOWIS LdO 98754 I 4 4 4 4 4 sex tex sex feex rex sjndui reuondo yun A ddns 19114 zH09 0S OVI A069 2 09 05 OVE AOS 2 09 05 OVE ZHO9 05 OVE 3 27 Figure 3 16 Single line diagram with suggested circuit arrangement with autotransformer Size Operating instructions Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 12 95 Connection Power sections 3 6 1891 V Ev086D V0 LX 2 gt i i l ezv I 189 17 570869 i i s eter i i
10. PX S891V 6v0860 60 i l l i n I r y 22 1G 2 I 1 I Ica Ea i I 101981u0O yun Ajddns Jamod Apz i 19 0891 V r0869 gt 601 01 I 6 2 yulsyeey eui uo JOSUAS euue _ amma n s gt va 19 EVEN LX ad Size H Figure 3 23 Power section Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 3 34 Operating instructions 12 95 Arrangement of the thyristor blocks Connection 11 V24 13 26 15 v22 Level B rear level V14 21
11. exejui pue SjueuueJinbaa eyenbepe si jsneuxe pue y peunsue 15 j sjeuiqeo ui y ueuM uejuDi Jeued dojjeuiqeo y se se 19409 orisejd dn pue L MS 8IN Duiseo 10 uesoo q pue Sj EM jeuiqeo eui y ped siu e uomejeisur 104 7 dn ueis 55010 pue eje d 9 uonoeuuoo G Jojoejuoo pue Kjddns A 40 1012euu02 p 10 uonoeuuoo ueeJos g LN c M S ZLIN JO Bununop aye IU 804 58 104 10 Bununop FLL VaL SVAL Si 10044 Figure 2 5 Dimension drawing size Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 2 6 Operating Instructions 12 96 Transport Unpacking and Assembly PMU Printed circuit board Front cover Front of enclosure Printed circuit board Figure 2 6 Clearance between PCBs and front cover size C Figure 2 7 Clearance between PCBs PMU size E Line connection without autotransfomer size E For sizes C H and K these connections ha
12. Unplug X20 Undo both M8 SW 13 fixing screws Loosen the two fixing screws and swing the plastic cover out sideways Pull the fan box out of the unit forwards as far as the stop Then lift it up over the stop at the back and remove it completely from the unit Figure 8 3 Fan AC 230V for size H Installation is carried out in reverse order Important The two 8 fixing screws are used to earth the fan box so they must be screwed down firmly Size K The two fans are located in the fan box on the top of the unit Unplug X20 tps Lu Undo both M8 SW 13 fixing screws Fan E1 Fan E2 Pull the fan box out of the unit forwards gt Installation is carried out in reverse order Figure 8 4 Fan 230V for size WARNING The fan box weighs approx 16 kg for size H and approx 32 kg for size K This must be taken into account when removing the fan box Non observance of warning notices can result in severe personal injury or considerable property damage Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 8 3 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions Maintenance 12 95 8 2 2 Replacing modules WARNING Modules must only be replaced by qualified persons Modules must not be removed or inserted under a live voltage Non observance of warning notices can result in death severe personal injur
13. gt x gt Hr Factory setting xG for basic setting with P077 0 xR for reserve setting with 77 0 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 4 15 Start Up 12 95 4 3 1 1 5 Selecting the source for control word 2 bit 16 23 Bi 16 17 18 19 Selection P basic setting 594594 __ ___ 888 1 Selection P reserve setting 578 2 579 2 583 2 Source 004070111 10000 Constantvalue 0 1 1 10001 Constant 1 x 1002 2 101 10 1003 BE3 X1011 AA x 1004 BE4 101 12 1005 BES X101 13 M O 10 0PM eS hit Word1 BE NN S Word4 OPTIONS 3001 CB TB Word1 3004 Word4 xe x 4101 SCI 1 and 2 Slave 1 BE1 Tx 4102 __ _8 mc ___ x x mon 4450 80 MEM 4111 only SCI 2 Slave 1 BE11 41422 BEC 2 0 Gonsecutivelyto TOE 4201 SCl1and2 Slave2 BE1 42020 22 Consecutivelyto 4210 Gef MEN 4211 onlySCI2 Slave2 BEI1 4212 72 82 _ ___ Gonsecutivelyto Hx x 4216 ES gt x _ SCB SST USS 1
14. Only parameters that differ from the factory setting appear on the PMU i e plant specific parameters irrespective of the access stage P051 It is not possible to modify the parameter value here U P052 0 Select Return function P key NOTE Parameters r990 and r991 provide a list of modified parameters for the PMU and also for the OP1 4 3 10 Functions 4 3 10 1 WEA automatic restart The Automatic Restart function can be used for the automatic acknowledgment of faults and automatic restart of the unit following a power failure 2003 2004 2005 F007 2009 or F010 without the operator having to intervene If there is no voltage on one of the terminals 1U L1 1V L2 1W L8 1U2 1T1 1V2 1T2 1 2 1 3 X9 1 X9 2 or if their values are not within the tolerance range and the DC link voltage has dropped below the threshold P074 1 35 P071 the rectifier regenerating unit responds as follows P366 0 WEA automatic restart is inhibited No automatic restart the relevant fault message F003 F004 F005 F007 F009 or F010 is initiated P366 1 Acknowledgment of power failure after system recovery The rectifier regenerating unit enters the operating status 9008 Switch on inhibit or 9009 when switching on off with the I O keys of the PMU On power recovery a new ON command must be given to enable the DC link to re charge The converter is not automatically restarted by the WEA function Siemens AG 65 7087 6
15. s s a OG 94110 04009 doo pesojo pue uado i uonoejes 10sseoo4doJ9IN I E ZOLX uodo on 601x om gt on m Av2 AGI ASL AG F 089 LV 70860 lt erre I 1 1 BIN in r i 4 I i I Aiddns samog I i i 2 80 X i 1 Z A i i 1 Wes ehi i LL I i LOLX X i ea cL em en 2 Mi cmt E L ram SIAONIS 22258 SIAOWIS LdO 2 98754 56 t 6X 66 2 6 6 msn asa 5 6 t 6X 6X 2 6 L 6X syndul reuoydo yun A ddns 19114 ZHO9 0S OVI mn A069 ZHO9 0S OVE A00S ZH09 08 OVE 209 09 OVE 3 25 Figure 3 14 Single line diagram with suggested circuit arrangement with autotransformer Size Operating instructions Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 12 95 Connection PS wan s wama s wama s wan s mmm s s s
16. 2 Current at analog input 2 slave 1 under 4 mA 51 Analn3 Current at analog input 3 slave 1 under 4 mA 12 Analn1 Current at analog input 1 slave 2 under 4 mA 12 2 Current at analog input 2 slave 2 under 4 mA 12 Analn3 Current at analog input 3 slave 2 under 4 mA SCB Telegr SCB telegram failure Following a correctly received telegram no further telegram has been received within the time set with parameter 687 1002 TB CB Init An error has occurred when initializing the module at the DPR interface TB CB Heartb TB CB heartbeat error TB or CB has stopped processing the heartbeat counter TB CB Telegr TB CB telegram failure The exchange of data has been interrupted P695 defines the telegram failure time Circuit ID F Circuit identification not possible Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Meaning TB CB not plugged in TB CB not compatible Error in initializing data Timeout when initializing TB TC module code wrong CB alarm channel faulty TB alarm channel faulty TB error channel faulty CB task channel CB gt CUR faulty CB answer channel CUR gt CB faulty Internal error TB task channel TB gt CUR faulty TB answer channel CUR TB faulty Internal error CB TB Telegram failure PMU task channel CUR gt faulty PMU answer channel TB gt CUR faulty CB TB setpoint channel faulty CB TB
17. 601 602 PCB snubber RC network 6SE7031 4HE85 1JAO 6SE7032 2HE85 1AA0 6SE7032 7HE85 1AA0 6SE7034 2HE85 1AA0 V11 bis V16 Thyristor module 6SY7010 0AA13 6SE7022 1EC85 1AA0 6SE7022 7FC85 1AA0 6SE7031 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7033 5FE85 1AA0 10 2 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Spare parts Equipment Designation Order number Used in identifier V21 bis V26 Thyristor module 6SY7010 0AA20 6SE7033 8EE85 1AA0 V21 bis V26 Thyristor module 6SY7010 0AA22 6SE7034 6EE85 1AA0 V21 bis V26 Thyristor module 65 7010 21 65 7036 1 85 1 0 V21 bis V26 Thyristor module 6SY7010 0AA12 6SE7035 4FE85 1AA0 V21 bis V26 Thyristor module 6SY7010 0AA30 6SE7022 7FC85 1AA0 6SE7024 1FC85 1 AAO 6SE7027 2FC85 1 AAO 6SE7028 8FC85 1 AAO V21 bis V26 Thyristor module 6SY7010 0AA08 6SE7031 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 4FE85 1AA0 V21 bis V26 Thyristor module 6SY7010 0AA10 6SE7033 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7034 2FE85 1AA0 V21 bis V26 Thyristor module 6SY7010 0AA26 6SE7032 7FE85 1AA0 V21 bis V26 Thyristor module 6SY7010 0AA27 65 7031 4 85 1 0 65 7032 2 85 1 0 65 7032 7 85 1 0 Thyristor block with snubber RC 65 7010 01 65 7038 2 85 1 0 network Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB02 6SE7038 2EH85 1AA0 network Ebene A Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB03 6SE7041 0EH85 1AA0 network Ebene B Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB04 6SE7041 0
18. Coolant temperature 0 to 40 C Storage temperature 25 to 70 Transport temperature 25 to 70 C Environmental class 3K3 DIN IEC 721 3 3 04 90 Soiling 2 DIN VDE 0110 Part 1 01 89 moisture not permitted Overvoltage category power section III DIN VDE 0110 Part 2 01 89 Overvoltage resistance class 1 DIN VDE 0160 04 91 with converter connected Type of protection DIN VDE 0470 Part 1 11 92 4 EN 60529 Size C Standard 20 Size Standard 00 Option IP20 Interference immunity IEC 801 2 IEC 801 4 Mechanical strength DIN IEC 68 2 6 06 90 m stationary use during transport C j FEET The units can also be operated in load class The permissible values must be taken from the following tables Frequency range Constant amplitude of deflection acceleration Hz m m s g 1 1 A Load class 136 Load class 100 91 gt 605 2405 t s Figure 14 1 Power output according to load class II Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 14 1 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Technical Data 12 95 R R unit 1AA0 22 1EC85 24 1 85 28 6EC85 Rated voltage rated frequency rated current Rated voltage Rectifier connection 380 to 460V three phase AC 15 1 Regenerative connection using an auto transformer 1 2 times the voltage of the rectifier connection DC l
19. Function of the binary inputs for factory setting with PO77 0 see Section 4 3 9 1 Binary input 1 ON OFF 1 command control word bit 0 for RESERVE SETTING binary input 5 high state Binary input 2 OFF2 command pulse inhibit control word bit 1 for RESERVE SETTING binary input 5 high state Binary input 3 Acknowledge control word bit 7 for RESERVE SETTING binary input 5 high state Binary input 5 RESERVE BASIC SETTING control word bit 30 4 3 3 Binary outputs 2 binary outputs which can be parameterized for the output of signals and external commands of the rectifier regenerating unit status word Connecting up Binary output 1 on the CUR control terminal strip connector X104 NO contact Refer to Section 3 3 Control terminal strip Binary output 2 on the CUR control terminal strip connector X104 NO contact Refer to Section 3 3 Control terminal strip Parameterization Refer to Section 4 3 1 2 Status word Factory setting Binary output 1 No function relay always de energized X104 on the CUR Binary output 2 Fault status word bit 3 X104 on the CUR When faults alarms and switch on inhibit of the status word HIGH active are output via the terminal strip these are LOW active at the terminal strip binary outputs i e relay drops out Also refer to Section 4 3 1 2 Status word 4 30 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12
20. Wordi 1 SCB SST USS Peer t Peer Word4 x xP 6001 SST2 1 A2 X117 1 5 Word 1 x x Tx Consecutivelyto SST2 1 A2 X117 1 5 Words x X x Value can be assigned for the selection parameters Factory setting xG for basic setting with P077 0 xR for reserve setting with P077 0 4 16 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 4 3 1 1 6 Selecting the source for control word 2 bit 24 31 25 A Selection basic setting Selection P reserve setting 586 2 587 2 588 2 589 2 590 591 E _ _ o000 Constantvalue O oo 0001 Constant value 1 ex CUR BE1 X101 9 1002 BE2 101 10 Ea 1003 X101 11 ex d 1004 4 X10112 gt x 1005 CUR X101 13 1 HOO PMU wa E ff NEM Word1 gt Word4 OPTIONS 3001 CB TB Word1 3004 CB TB Word4 4101 5 1 and 2 Slave 1 BE1 x 400 2 MEM gt gt l gt mE Consecutively to EN 4111 only SCI 2 Slave 1 BE141 412 2 4 Gonsecutivelyto 4116 E16 2 E om ES SENS i gt gt lt gt gt x gt gt x
21. i x p ENS i D L 2 22 i i Dii ELL LLL H IZAL 9 NEIX 1891 V 70860 M eJ 79 VIM ELVEME Q Q HX Q SULA EX 10161111 Jo 0891 5 0869 gt 601 01 yuls eay y uo JOSUAS euue Figure 3 17 Power section 6SE7022 1EC85 1AA0 65 7024 1 85 1 0 and 65E7028 6EC85 1AA0 380 460V 21A 41A and 86A Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 3 28 Operating instructions Connection 12 95 S 6X 7 6 5 6 2 6 6 21 LX n amma s s mmm s A Ven aent vent 6891 87086 L 2X 60 SZATEZA I ve eL 111 LLL e ZAL ad uu 1 21 AM EEEEEE d 2891 670869 ELLZML SIX EIX 9 9IA LAs epi gt O va VO 10461111 JO
22. rues 102 hwa N 171 1172 gt O jO O A23 J Autotransformer i I Mains fan regen system eje Figure 3 2 Mains connection size E DC link DC output U Mains fan X19 Xp gv 1U2 1T1 1V2AT2 1W2 1T3 PE2 Autotransformer regen system Figure 3 4 Mains connection size 1 Due to the press in nuts cable lugs or DC rails can only be connected to the terminal rails from the front Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 12 96 Connection WARNING The operating coils of contactors and relays that are connected to the same supply network as the unit or that are located in close proximity of the unit must be connected to overvoltage limiters e g RC circuits An RCCB residual current operated circuit breaker must not be used to protect the rectifier regenerating unit DIN VDE 0160 Voltage is only permitted to be applied to the unit when SIMOVERT Master Drives are connected Operation without a connected DC link capacitor is not permitted If the DC link terminals are connected incorrectly or short circuited the SIMOVERT Master Drives inverter will be destroyed To reduce mains pollution limit harmonics and reduce current ripple the total system inductance for the supply and feedback connection incl commutating reactor and where applicable autotransformer must
23. 1 training or instruction or authorization to activate and deactivate to earth and to mark circuits and equipment in accordance with the standards of safety engineering 2 training or instruction in accordance with the standards of safety engineering in the care and use of suitable safety equipment 3 training in First Aid DANGER within the meaning of these operating instructions or the warning information on the product itself indicates that death and or substantial property damage will result if proper precautions are not taken e WARNING within the meaning of these operating instructions or the warning information on the product itself indicates that severe personal injury and or substantial property damage will result if proper precautions are not taken e CAUTION within the meaning of these operating instructions or the warning information on the product itself indicates that slight personal injury or property damage will result if proper precautions are not taken e NOTE within the meaning of these operating instructions indicates important information about the product or the respective part of the operating instructions to which attention is drawn For reasons of clarity these operating instructions do not contain all details of all types of the product and can also not take into account every conceivable installation operation or maintenance circumstances You can consult your local Siemens branch if you should require f
24. PA6 Insulating films Terminal housing On all essential parts flame retardants containing halogen and insulating material containing silicone have been substituted by materials that are devoid of noxious substances Environmental compatibility was an important criterion in the selection of externally source items Environmental aspects during production Externally sourced items are mainly transported in returnable packaging The packaging material itself is recyclable consisting mainly of cardboard Except for the hot dip galvanized enclosure for size E H and K no special surface coatings are used SMD components are used on the printed circuit boards Production is emission free Environmental aspects of disposal The unit can be dismantled into recyclable mechanical components by means of easily removable screw and snap joints The PC boards can be disposed of thermally The number of components containing hazardous substances is only slight The plastic parts are marked in conformity with DIN 54840 and bear the recycling symbol Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 13 1 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Environmental Compatibility 12 94 13 2 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 12 95 Technical Data 14 Technical Data In the event of conditions of use other than those listed in this chapter please contact your local Siemens branch or national subsidiary
25. c l X SLX L 9LX 91 2 L0LM Vel 4 L 6LX wap pami A0ES 62X 2891 V v086D 62 L 60X ZILA EVEN Q 1 10 79 1046114 JO 089 v 40860 60LX 0LV MUISJESY uo JOSUSS eue Power section 6SE7035 4FE85 1AA0 500 575V 536A Figure 3 31 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 3 42 Operating instructions Connection 12 95 Vd bX 7891 670869 2891v 090860 109 Brett x KIX i L ZLASLAL Lt 1111 TLL 1 lt l ad TEN EX 2891 670860 SIX 91 L 9LX 91 6LX ve 2 10LM at ELLZML CLL CAL SVIN EVEN O Q Q Q Q 19 1 jo 089 Lv 70860 60LX OLV MUISJESY y uo JOSUSS eue Figure 3 32 Power section 6SE7031 4HE85 1AA0 660 690V 140A 3 43 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Operating instructions Rectifier Regenerating Unit 12 95 Connection 2891V Ev086 Vd LX 7891 67086 c09V 16 LLL fen vx TY891V v086D L09V 3d ET ILA ILA ILN EEX 7 9 LX
26. 6x300 6x600 C 4x300 4x600 100x10 100x10 100x10 41 8HK85 1ADO 660 to 690 1633 C 4x300 4x600 C 6x300 6x600 C 4x300 4x600 100x10 100x10 100x10 Table 3 2 Connection cross sections 1 C Cable R Rail 2 American Wire Gauge 3 6 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 12 96 Connection Unit Mains supply fuses Order No Column 1 Column 2 Siemens SITOR Bussmann US standard 6SE70 Type Type se memor 40 tonene onesie veto 31 7EE85 1AA0 227 170M3616 450 _ 550 170 3 22_ bestbss wen seo meses romer 36 1EE85 1AA0 3NE3338 8 170M5615 sese ven azes amo s Es INE Gem 40 vo 33 5FE85 1AA0 3NE3333 170M6693 500 gt ven sames mano 362measiaA0 s60 Table 3 3 Recommended mains fuses Column 1 2 Semiconductor protection only lines are not reliably protected Discriminative line protection is assured only by correlating the line protection fuses to the installed conductor cross section in accordance with the applicable regulations e g DIN VDE 0100 Teil 430 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 3 7 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions Connection Unit Order No Built in F10 DC link fuse Siemens SIT
27. 85 1 0 4 45 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 12 95 P366 2 Restart after system recovery and pre charging of the DC link after system recovery While the system is down the automatic controllers and firing pulses of the rectifier and regenerating bridges are inhibited The rectifier regenerating unit enters the status 9010 On power recovery the unit is automatically switched on again by the WEA The DC link is re charged The unit is only switched back on again if there is still an ON command control word bit 0 active following system recovery The WEA function is therefore not possible with an ON command control word bit 0 programmed from the PMU or operator panel OP1 provided the external 24 V supply does not fail IMPORTANT External measures must be taken to guarantee safety on an automatic restart Warning A065 Automatic restart active This warning bit is set following a system failure if the automatic restart function is active and reset following a restart by the WEA and completion of the pre charging process The unit can also be switched off by a manual OFF command during this restart phase Please also refer to Chapter 7 Faults and Warnings WARNING In the event of system failures when the WEA function has been activated P366 2 the unit may restart on system recovery and re charge the DC link If the WEA function P366 2 or P366 3 of the converter has been activated the co
28. E A e e E e FUR ol x ME En 18 S zin IN e e e erd m zi o o e N ajo o N 0 1001 i101 ot affected by 77 5 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 4 35 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 12 95 In column 1 the parameters are listed for which the factory setting depends on 77 The right hand columns contain the factory settings for index 1 and 2 of these parameters depending on the value of parameter P077 The values in the column Normal factory setting P077 0 are the same as those listed in the parameter list in Chapter 5 and are in accordance with the standard factory setting When P077 is set and the function Generate factory setting is selected all parameters are set to their factory settings whereby the P077 dependent factory settings are taken into account Generate factory setting can be selected in the following statuses Switch on inhibit 008 Ready to switch on 009 or Fault 007 Procedure If a special factory setting dependent on P077 is not required i e P077 0 part a of the following procedure is not required and you start with part b a Start of the procedure when a special factory setting is required otherwis
29. P555 2001 Source for control command OFF2 Drive setting Supply voltage V Value of the rated voltage at the rectifier bridge Configuration of the power section P076 2 Ox No power section connected in parallel 1x 1 parallel unit connected in parallel with the basic unit 2x 2parallel units connected in parallel with the basic unit also see Section 3 7 Current limits P160 Max supply current in P075 rated current of rectifier regenerating unit factory setting 150 only briefly available P161 Max regenerative current in of P075 rated current of rectifier regenerating unit factory setting 150 only briefly available Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up Regen no transformer Permanent reduction yes P571 0001 P319 idle time ve of converter gt lyear P052 20 P key Switch on r000 lt 009 Wait to Ud lt 50V see r006 12 95 Mode variants a The system voltage in the regenerative branch is stepped up by an auto transformer in order not to have to reduce the link voltage in regenerative mode b Permanent reduction of the link voltage by phase angle control in rectifier mode to always be able to feed power back into the system P318 Reduced DC link voltage setpoint e g 80 P571 0001 Permanent selection of reduced voltage c Reduction of the DC link voltage in regenerative mode only by external open loop contr
30. Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 4 25 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 12 95 4 3 1 2 4 Significance of the status word messages NOTE When faults alarms and switch on inhibit of the status word are output HIGH active via the terminal strip then these are LOW active at the terminal strips binary outputs i e relay drops out This is also valid for possible option boards Also refer to Section 4 3 3 Binary outputs Bit 0 Signal Ready to switch on An H signal indicates that the operating status SWITCH ON INHIBIT 008 READY TO SWITCH ON 009 is available The firing pulses are inhibited 1 Signal Ready H H An H signal indicates that the operating status READY 011 or PRE CHARGING 010 is available The firing pulses are still inhibited Bit2 Signal Run H An H signal indicates that the operating status RUN 014 is available The firing pulses are enabled and the output terminals are live Bit3 Signal Fault H An H signal indicates that the operating status FAULT 007 is available If the fault is output at a terminal strip CUR SCI1 2 an L signal appears there for this fault message Bit4 Signal OFF2 L An L signal indicates that an OFF2 command is present via the control word bit 1 Bit 5 reserved Bit6 Signal Switch on inhibit H An H signal indicates that the operating status SWITCH ON INHIBIT 008 is present The
31. i004 121 Slave 2 analog input 1 1005 5122 Slave 2 analog input 2 1006 123 Slave 2 analog input Condition The related SCB board must be reported via P090 and P091 respectively PNU 294Hex 02 Scaling 1Hex 1 SCI AnalnSmooth Filter time constant of the SCI analog inputs i001 11 Slave 1 analog input 1 i002 5112 Slave 1 analog input 2 i003 13 Slave 1 analog input i004 SI21 Slave 2 analog input 1 i005 122 Slave 2 analog input 2 i006 5123 Slave 2 analog input PNU 295Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 SCI AnaloginOffs 320 00 to 320 00 V Offset scaling of the SCI analog inputs Description for setting see SCI manual i001 11 Slave 1 analog input 1 i002 12 Slave 1 analog input 2 1003 13 Slave 1 analog input i004 121 Slave 2 analog input 1 i005 5122 Slave 2 analog input 2 i006 123 Slave 2 analog input PNU 296Hex Type 12 Scaling 1Hex 0 01 V 5 28 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status SCI AnaOutActVal 0 to 999 Actual value output via SCI analog outputs Description for setting Enter the parameter number of the quantities which are to be issued for details see SCI manual i001 5111 Slave 1 analog output 1 i002 512 Sl
32. parameter Term on CUR Term on SCI 1 2 i Value 0000 1001 1002 000014101 4112 4201 4205 4212 ELE m e A A S re 9 pest 55595 8 2 aS o 10 Q 210 0 95 55 Index 1 Index 2 Terminal on CUR Terminal on SCI 1 2 Option Run signal at terminal X104 19 20 of the CUR at terminal of the binary output 5 of the SCI option which is coded as slave 2 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 4 23 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 4 3 1 2 2 Overview of the status word status word 1 and status word 2 PMU Display Status word 1 visualization parameter r552 or r968 EE selection O Ready to switchon Notreadytoswihon Ru HWngpusesmhbtedg Noora Jor 64 5 5 Jo o awayrsHgh 1 6 Switch oninhibit No switch on inhibit Inverted for terminal strips __ 606 _ 8 No setpt act val deviation act value deviation parameterized 608 PZD control requested always High for CB TB SST1 SST SCB Regenerating ready Regeneratingnotready 6101 Fault undervoltage No undervoltage fault Inverted for terminal strips P611 12 contactor energized Main contactor not Can only be connector for P612 energized termi
33. 6SE7041 3HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 3HK85 1ADO 6SE7041 5HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 5HK85 1ADO 6SE7041 8HK85 1AA0 oL 68E7041 8HK85 1AD0 8HK85 1ADO E 6SY7000 0AA48 6SE7022 1EC8531AA0 48 6SE7022 1EC85 1AA0 6SE7024 1EC85 1AA0 6SE7028 1EC85 1AA0 6SE7022 7FC85 1 AAO 6SE7024 1FC85 1 AAO 6SE7027 2FC85 1AA0 6SE7028 8FC85 1AA0 E1 Fan 6SY7010 7AA01 6SE7031 7EE85 1AA0 6SE7032 2EE85 1AA0 6SE7033 1EE85 1AA0 6SE7033 8EE85 1AA0 6SE7034 6EE85 1AA0 6SE7036 1EE85 1AA0 6SE7031 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 4FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 7FE85 1AA0 6SE7033 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7034 2FE85 1AA0 6SE7035 4FE85 1AA0 6SE7031 4HE85 1AA0 6SE7032 2HE85 1AA0 65 7032 7 85 1 0 65 7034 2 85 1 0 6SE7035 3HE85 1AA0 1 Fan 6SY7010 7AA02 65 7038 2 85 1 0 65 7041 0 85 1 0 6SE7037 7FH85 1 AAO 6SE7041 0FH85 1AA0 6SE7037 7HH85 1AA0 65 7041 85 1 0 10 8 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Spare parts Equipment identifier 1 22 T1 bis T4 11 bis T4 Curenttranstrmer 1 6 7010 5 1 6 7022 1 85 1 transformer Designation T1 bis T4 Current transformer T1 T2 11 12 Currenttranstormer 6 8 7010 5 6SE7038 2EH85 1AAO transformer Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Order number 6SY7010 7AA02 6SY7010 5AA01 6SY7010 5AA02 6SY7010 5AA03 Used in 6SE7041 3EK85 1AA0 65
34. 7041 0 85 1 0 65 7041 85 1 0 65 7041 8 85 1 0 PCB Power Interface 6SE7041 8HK85 1HAO0 65 7037 7 85 1 0 65 7041 0 85 1 0 6SE7041 3FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 5FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8FK85 1AA0 6SE7037 7HH85 1 AAO 6SE7041 0HH85 1AA0 6SE7041 3HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 5HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8HK85 1AA0 PCB Power Interface 65 7041 8 85 1 0 6SE7041 3EK85 1AD0 6SE7041 8EK85 1AD0 PCB Power Interface 6SE7041 8HK85 1MAO 6SE7041 3FK85 1AD0 6SE7041 5FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 8FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 3HK85 1ADO 6SE7041 5HK85 1ADO 6SE7041 8HK85 1ADO Parameterization unit 65 7090 0 84 2 all unit types 1 0 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 10 1 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Spare parts 12 95 Equipment Designation Order number Used in identifier A601 PCB snubber RC network 6SE7032 2EE85 1JA0 6SE7031 7EE85 1AA0 6SE7032 2EE85 1AA0 PCB snubber RC network 6SE7034 6EE85 1JA0 6SE7033 1EE85 1AA0 6SE7033 8EE85 1 AAO 6SE7034 6EE85 1AA0 A601 A602 PCB snubber RC network 6SE7034 6EE85 1JA0 65 7036 1 85 1 0 601 PCB snubber RC network 6SE7031 4FE85 1JAO 6SE7031 5FE85 1AA0 A601 A602 PCB snubber RC network 6SE7031 4FE85 1JAO 6SE7032 4FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 7FE85 1AA0 6SE7033 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7034 2FE85 1AA0 A601 PCB snubber RC network 6SE7035 4HE85 1JAO 6SE7035 4FE85 1AA0 65 7035 3 85 1 0 601 PCB snubber RC network 65 7031 4 85 1 0 65 7031 4 85 1 0
35. 7041 3 85 1 6SE7041 8EK85 1AA0 65 7041 8 85 1 6SE7041 3FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 3FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 5FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 5FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 8FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 3HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 3HK85 1ADO 6SE7041 5HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 5HK85 1ADO 6SE7041 8HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8HK85 1AD0 8HK85 1AD0 6SE7022 1EC85 1AA0 6SE7024 1EC85 1AA0 6SE7028 1EC85 1AA0 6SE7022 7FC85 1 AAO 6SE7024 1FC85 1 AAO 6SE7027 2FC85 1 AAO 6SE7028 8FC85 1 AAO 6SE7031 7EE85 1AA0 6SE7032 2EE85 1AA0 6SE7033 1EE85 1AA0 6SE7033 8EE85 1AA0 6SE7034 6EE85 1AA0 6SE7036 1EE85 1AA0 6SE7031 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 4FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 7FE85 1AA0 6SE7033 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7034 2FE85 1AA0 6SE7035 4FE85 1AA0 6SE7031 4HE85 1AA0 6SE7032 2HE85 1AA0 6SE7032 7HE85 1AA0 6SE7034 2HE85 1AA0 ____ 65 7035 3HE85 1AA0 6SE7038 2EH85 1AA0 6SE7041 0EH85 1AA0 6SE7037 7FH85 1 AAO 6SE7041 0FH85 1AA0 6SE7037 7HH85 1AA0 6SE7041 0HH85 1AA0 10 9 Spare parts 12 95 Equipment Designation Order number Used in identifier Current transformer 6SY7010 5AA04 65 7041 85 1 0 6SE7041 3EK85 1AD0 6SE7041 8EK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8EK85 1AD0 6SE7041 3FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 3FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 5FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 5FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 8FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 3HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 3HK85 1AD0 6SE7041 5HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 5HK85 1AD0 6SE7041 8HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8HK85 1AD0 10 10 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operat
36. 80 P571 1004 Selection of reduction via terminal X101 12 P613 1001 Output DC Link voltage reduced message to signaling relay X104 17 18 P319 Hysteresis Link voltage reduced message Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 4 1 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 12 95 Closed loop control variant a Process data Parallel connection see Section 3 7 The output current can be increased by connecting up to 2 parallel units of identical rated current in parallel with the power section of a rectifier regenerating unit of size K basic unit The basic unit controls the DC link voltage The firing pulses of the basis unit are transmitted to the parallel unit s via ribbon cable A parallel unit does not contain a CUR electronic module When connected in parallel the load current must be reduced by 10 with respect to the total rated current Due to the use of identical power sections commutating reactors autotransformers as well as identical cable lengths for connection to the mains supply an almost symmetrical division of current between the basic unit and the parallel unit s can be ensured 12 pulse mode see Section 3 8 Two rectifier regenerating units are connected in parallel on the output side and fed on the line side with galvanically isolated AC supplies each displaced by 30 degrees A rectifier regenerating unit controls the DC link voltage and supplies a second rectif
37. BR 2 BR 2 BR BR 12 95 Parameter List PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Bar setting status Line Frequency 0 01 to 65 00 Hz Display of the line frequency PNU 20Hex 2 Scaling 1Hex 4 0 01 Hz 0 100 2 0 50 PZDgr 1 Firing Angle 0 0 to 165 0 Pel Display of the firing angle PNU 21Hex Type 02 Scaling 1Hex 0 1 0 100 2 0 el 180 el PZD gr 1 r034 DC Amps set 150 to 150 3 BR 5 Display of DC link current setpoint PNU 22Hex Type l2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 1 100 2 075 PZD gr 1 DC Amps act 199 to 199 Display of actual DC link current PNU 23Hex Type l2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 96 100 P075 PZD gr 1 DC Volts set 0 to 199 Display of DC link voltage setpoint The setpoint 1 35 r030 limited to values of P074 up to 106 8 PNU 24Hex 2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 100 1 35 P071 PZD gr 1 DC Volts act 0 to 199 Display of actual DC link voltage PNU 25Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 96 100 2 1 35 P071 PZD gr 1 DC Volts Deviat 199 9 to 199 9 Display of setpoint actual value deviation of DC link voltage controller PNU 26Hex Type l2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 100 1 35 P071 PZD gr 1 AnalogOut Displ 112 1 to 112 1 Display of terminal X102 14 analog output PNU 27Hex
38. For faults Return to the fault display Rectifier regenerating unit shutdown depending on the parameterization of OFF1 or OFF2 P554 to P557 other key has been pressed Changing the parameter number when the parameter number level is displayed changing the index when the index level is displayed or the parameter value when the parameter value level is displayed 1 Changeover between parameter number index and parameter value ye see Figure 6 2 whereby the command only becomes effective when the key is released 2 Resetting the current fault message see Figure 6 3 3 In conjunction with the arrow keys lt raise gt and lt lower gt additional functions are possible refer to Figs 6 2 and 6 3 whereby lt P gt is pressed first followed by the other key This command becomes effective once the Table 6 1 Function of the operator control elements on the PMU Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 6 1 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Operator Control 12 95 6 2 Displays Tables 6 2 and 6 3 below give an overview of the displays that can be shown on the PMU Parameter number Index Parameter value e g e g nnn Visualization Basic converter FU m arameters Technology board 000 1 Setting Basic converter P parameters Technology bad Table 6 2 Displaying visualization and setting param
39. Par Parameter Factory setting Start up setting Start up setting No designation change P680 Scom1 Act Value 1001 968 i002 0 i003 0 i004 0 i005 0 i006 0 i007 0 i008 0 i009 0 i010 0 i011 0 i012 0 i013 0 i014 0 i015 0 i016 0 Scom2 Act Value 1001 599 1002 34 i003 0 i004 0 i005 0 P682 SCB Protocol P683 SCom SCB BusAddr i001 0 i001 i001 _ oe S P684 SCom SCB Baud i001 6 i002 6 i003 13 P685 SCom SCB PKWDat i001 127 i001 i001 EM NN QN RN P686 SCom SCB PrDat P687 SCom SCB TIgOFF P689 SCB Peer2PeerExt Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 12 7 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Logbook 12 95 Par Parameter Factory setting Start up setting Start up setting No designation change P690 SCB Act Values i001 968 i002 0 i003 0 i004 0 i005 0 i006 0 i007 0 i008 0 i009 0 i010 0 i011 0 i012 0 i013 0 i014 0 i015 0 i016 0 P694 CB TB Act Values i001 968 i002 0 i003 0 i004 0 i005 0 i006 0 i007 0 i008 0 i009 0 i010 0 i011 0 i012 0 i013 0 i014 0 i015 0 i016 0 CB Parame Parameter Pose ceraamsera fo Parameters P700 Parameters Parameters Parameter P708 CB Paramoera CBParametero o 12 8 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Logbook Par Param
40. as P600 PNU 259Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List PNU Conf Par OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Description Selection text Factory access setting status Trg Bit Operat 0 to 4212 Destination of the status bit Run status word 1 bit 2 The unit is in operation Parameter values indices as P600 PNU 25AHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Trg Bit Fault 0 to 4212 dca i001 1002 Destination of the status bit Fault status word 1 bit 3 i002 0 Note For issuing the fault message via a terminal the active status bit has H level is inverted broken wire proof Parameter values indices as P600 PNU 25BHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Trg Bit No OFF2 0 to 4212 Destination of the status bit No OFF2 command status word 1 bit 4 Parameter values indices as P600 PNU 25CHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Trg BitONblocked 0 to 4212 Destination of the status bit Turn ON locked status word 1 bit 6 Note For issuing the message via a terminal the active status bit has H level is inverted broken wire proof Parameter values indices as P600 PNU 25EHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Trg Bit Warning 0 to 4212 Destination of the status bit Warning status word 1 bit 7 Note For issuing the message via a terminal the active status bit has H level
41. bits 0 to 15 and 2 bits 16 to 31 issue messages and commands from the rectifier regenerating unit to external destinations Their particular status can be read out via parameters r552 or r968 status word 1 and r553 status word 2 An overview is provided in Section 4 3 1 2 2 Overview of the status word The significance of the possible messages and commands to the outside is described in Section 4 3 1 2 4 Significance of the status word messages Each status word bit is assigned a selection parameter which defines to which destination this bit is sent refer to Section 4 3 1 2 2 right hand column The selection parameters for the destinations are indexed twice as follows Index 1001 Selecting a terminal on the CU PEU board basic converter i002 Selecting a terminal on the SCI 1 2 board option An overview of the possible destinations which are assigned fixed values is provided in Section 4 3 1 2 3 Selecting the destinations for the status word NOTE For the output of faults alarms and switch on inhibit of the status word HIGH active via the terminal strip then these are LOW active at the terminals binary outputs i e the relay drops out This is also true for possible option boards Also refer to Section 4 3 3 Binary outputs Example Status word bit 55 5 5 3 Ss o E Meaning 29 Se 5 c 28 55 59 ra pp c we n n EE me 5 5 Select
42. displaying modified parameters It should be checked that these entries are up to date before the EPROM is replaced because when the electronics supply voltage is switched on again the function generate factory settings is carried out automatically see Section 4 3 9 1 Then only the values of parameters P070 and P077 are retained WARNING The EPROM must only be replaced by qualified persons The EPROM must not be removed or inserted under a live voltage Non observance of warning notices can result in death severe personal injury or considerable property damage The EPROM is located in slot D14 of module CUR CAUTION The modules contain electrostatically sensitive devices You must discharge your own body before touching an electronic module This is best done by touching a conductive earthed object e g a bare metal part of the control cabinet directly beforehand Procedure for replacing EPROMs Switch off electronics supply voltage Undo fixing screws for module CUR above and below the insertion removal aids Remove the module from the electronics box carefully with the help of the insertion removal aids Remove old EPROM carefully from the socket and replace it with a new EPROM It is important to ensure that the EPROM is mounted the right way round pin 1 aligned correctly and that pins are not bent Slide module into the electronics box carefully in the guide rails as far as the stop Screw the
43. e g with P053 6 the parameters from the parameterization unit PMU and from serial interface 1 of the basic unit SST1 and therefore also from the optional user friendly operator panel OP1 can be modified Operator control If the unit is to be switched on and off via the optional user friendly operator panel OP1 P554 2001 Source for control command ON OFF 1 P555 2001 Source for control command OFF2 Drive setting Supply voltage V Value of the rated voltage at the input bridge Mode variants a The system voltage in the regenerative branch is stepped up by an auto transformer in order not to have to reduce the link voltage in regenerative mode b Permanent reduction of the link voltage by phase angle control in rectifier mode to always be able to feed power back into the system In accordance with the manufacturer setting P318 80 it is reduced to a setpoint of 80 of 1 35 x system voltage at the rectifier bridge 1 P571 0001 permanent selection of reduced voltage 1 P318 is not displayed in standard mode Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up Idle time of converter gt lyear yes P052 20 P key Switch on r000 lt 009 P052 21 P key Switch on Ell Identification Fault message no r000 lt 009 P052 22 Logbook r949 i009 000 lt 009 Acknowledge Eliminate cause of fault 12 95 Forming the DC link if
44. rene SANAE 6 2 Structure EE de e PEN ed ap ede ie Pee ecu Lafite 6 3 Fault and Alarm 5 esses 7 1 Fault messages tiet epe tt i ite aede iet eon 7 1 Alarm messages npe iine entiers 7 10 u 8 1 Maintenance recommendations U a 8 1 Replacing uuu toten eet ite eren nete e eden stb e td 8 2 Replacing thie ire e ip ee ee ie Pie 8 2 Replacinig modul88 t tci RE eso E ERR Dee REL e 8 4 Replacing thyristor modules with sizes C and E 8 6 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Contents 0 5 Contents 8 2 4 8 2 4 1 8 2 4 2 9 1 9 2 9 3 9 4 9 5 9 6 9 6 1 9 6 2 9 6 3 9 6 4 9 7 10 11 12 13 14 14 1 14 2 14 3 15 0 6 Replacing thyristor 8 7 Disassembling the thyristor blocks for size 8 7 Disassembling the thyristor blocks for size 8 8 ODHOHS 9 1 Options which can be integrated into the electronics 9 1 ite ett 9 2 Power Supply eee daa Rea dem Aa We cea 9 2 Operator kuna AN eet 9 3 6
45. 0 LX sindino 6unoejes 6 6 02 6L BL ZH 2891 V v086D ezv ost yul OG 9u1J0 doo pesojo pue u dO ee A i uonoejes JosseooJdoJollA Ogge i i Sd i ap 1 18 ZOLX uodo 2 08917 70869 dmm i i 01 Ave AGL AGL AS i MEN REC Aiddns Jemod 805 i I I 1 00 i i i SIAOWIS 65654 SIAONIS 140 9 68754 A ddns samod sjndui 6unoejes 2 09 08 OVI mE A069 ZH09 0S OVE A00S 2 09 09 OVE 2 09 05 OVE Figure 3 12 Single line diagram with suggested circuit arrangement with autotransformer Size E 3 23 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 12 96 Connection AOE OVI 1 0 1 10 LX EN sindino Boreue VE mm mo ey Os sjnd1no 71 r Qm m 7 5 02 61 BL L I i r _ C OIX ESX a 05 Illes LEX 275 vozx zozx 2 kimi i imm i jo eun i 6 lor 21 9891 6 0869 MM 108 sata 3AVSG 1 601X 199599 Abe AGL AGL AGH Pr Ajddns j i I i
46. 0BCO serial system and peer to peer connection description 6SE7080 0CX84 0BCO Serial communications board for peer to peer Board 6SE7090 0XX84 0BDO connection and USS protocol via RS485 description 6SE7080 0CX84 0BDO Use of the serial interface with USS protocol Application 6SE7087 6CX87 AKBO description CB1 Communications board with interface for SINEC L2 Board 65 7090 0 84 0 DP Profibus description 65 7087 0 84 0 Use of the PROFIBUS DP interface Application 65 7087 6 87 0 description Table 9 1 Option boards and bus adapter Slots in the electronics box Boards Lett SLT CUR Center Slot 3 options CB1 SCB1 SCB2 Right Slots 2 options CB1 SCB1 SCB2 T100 T300 NOTE Only one of each option board type may inserted in the electronics box TB technology boards e g T300 must always be inserted at slot 2 If only one option board is used it must always be inserted at slot 2 Table 9 2 Slots in the electronics box Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 9 1 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Options 12 95 Current input of DC 24V power supply Boards Current drain mA 24V DC supply The figures are required in addition to the 1A consumed by the basic unit T100 550 T300 without tacho 620 Table 9 3 Current drain of the option boards 9 2 Interface boards The boards listed in the following table must be externally mounted and wired up on the e
47. 1 Line Voltage Delay 0 01 to 1 00 TE 5 0 03 Stabilizing time for the line voltage If the Switch on command is given the unit waits in status 9010 for voltage to be applied to the power section The line voltage is not assumed to be applied to the power terminals until amplitude frequency and phase symmetry lie within the permissible tolerance range for longer than the time set with this parameter The parameter applies to both the rectifier and regenerative power terminals PNU 319Hex 02 Scaling 1Hex 20 015 Special Access 0 to 65535 3 U BR 3 BR Parameter for special access PNU 31FHex 2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 5 38 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List PNU OP1 parameter name Conf Description Par Value range phys unit Selection text Display See Indices Modify Factory access setting status 5 16 Profile parameters Change Reports Control word for spontaneous messages If the value of an active parameter is changed the new value is reported to the programmable controller connected by means of the spontaneous reporting mechanism This function can be activated and de activated for each interface Important When the control word is modified spontaneous message buffers can be deleted with the loss of spontaneous messages No spontaneous messages Output of spontaneous messages over the DP
48. 12 pulse transformer 3 55 Connection 12 95 3 8 4 Control status word for 12 pulse mode r599 and control word 2 bit 23 The following table shows how the bits of the control status word for 12 pulse mode r599 are formed from the bits of control words 1 and 2 r550 r551 the bits of status word 1 r552 the bits of the first SST2 receive data r599 sent from the Peer to Peer partner and the internal unit status with Boolean arithmetic or how these bits are connected together negation is represented with a slash Conirol status word for 12 pulse mode r599 inking or meaning in tne igh sate r550 0 ON or not OFF1 AND r552 3 no fault AND r551 23 12 pulse mode is selected r550 1 run condition or not OFF2 AND r552 3 no fault AND r551 23 12 pulse mode is selected SSS fo ews ss SSCS ss Message DG nk oming or bema cared r599 8 1550 8 typing 1 ON AND r552 3 no fault AND r551 23 12 pulse mode is selected 599 9 r550 9 typing 2 ON AND r552 3 no fault AND r551 23 12 pulse mode is selected 599 10 r550 10 PLC control 599 11 r550 11 Ud reduction requested r552 10 Message Regenerating ready or High when with 12 pulse mode selected r551 23 1 the unit is held in state r000 because circuit identification or forming is taking place on the partner unit or because the unit is waiting for the run
49. 2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 1 100 2 10V at terminal X102 14 PZD gr 1 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 5 5 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Parameter List 12 95 PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status 5 3 General parameters Language 2 UHABR 2 HABR Display language on the optional operation panel OP i 0 German 3 Francais German 1 English 4 Italiano English 2 Espanol Espanol Fran ais Italiano PNU 32Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 Access Level 1 UHABR moe 1 HABR Setting of access levels with higher access levels more parameters can be read and or written 1 Operating via PMU or OP Operation 2 Standard mode Standard 3 Expert mode Expert PNU 33Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Function Select 2 UHABR Oe 3 2 UHAB Selection of several commissioning steps and special functions See Section 4 3 9 for details 0 Return from on of the functions described below to the previous Return status of the R R unit 12 Parameter Reset all parameters are reset to their original Param Reset settings factory settings According to the Profibus profile for variable speed drives this function is also accessible via parameter P970 After finishing this function the parameter is automatically reset to 0 Release for MLFB setting changing into the status MLFB I
50. 35xP071 0 to 9999 ms 0 to 9999 ms 5 13 Parameter List 12 95 PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access setting status Par 5 8 Convenience functions Thyristor Test Function test of the S F unit thyristors Thyristor test inactive riot active Thyristors are tested when the first ON command is given after first ON Switching on the electronics power supply Thyristors are tested at each ON command every ON Thyristors tested at the next ON command If no fault occurs next ON parameter P353 is reset to 0 Important When units are connected in parallel see Section 3 7 the thyristor test results are only conditionally useful Note The thyristor test can only be carried out if the DC link voltage is less than 596 of 1 35 P071 Following an ON command therefore the unit waits in operating status 9012 until this condition is fulfilled Exception In slave mode control word bit 27 1 the thyristor test is only carried out when Ug x 5 When Ug gt 5 a selected thyristor test P353 gt 0 is ignored with P353 3 P353 remains at 3 The thyristors of the regenerating bridge are also fired for the purposes of the thyristor test in the case of regenerating inhibited control word 1 bit 12 corresponding source P572 selected PNU 161Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Ground Fault Test Checking the S F unit for gro
51. 4 0 to 65535 Communication board parameter 4 See P696 PNU 2BBHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 CB Parameter 5 0 to 65535 Communication board parameter 5 See P696 PNU 2BCHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 CB Parameter 6 0 to 65535 Communication board parameter 6 See P696 PNU 2BDHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 CB Parameter 7 0 to 65535 Communication board parameter 7 See P696 PNU 2BEHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 CB Parameter 8 0 to 65535 Communication board parameter 8 See P696 PNU 2BFHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 CB Parameter 9 0 to 65535 Communication Board Parameter 9 See P696 PNU 2C0Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 CB Parameter 10 0 to 65535 Communication board parameter 10 See P696 PNU 2C1Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 5 34 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status 5 13 Diagnostics SW Version Software version of the PCBs in positions 1 2 and 3 of the electronic box Indices i001 Post Software version of the PCB in position 1 1002 Pos2 Software version of the PCB in position 2 i003 Pos3 Software version of the PCB in position PNU 2D0Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 1 SW Generat Date Software generation date of the CUR board Indices i001 Year i002
52. 4 1 See Modify access status Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Description Selection text Factory access setting status SCB Act Values 0 to 999 16 NS 1001 968 Actual value output via the serial communications interface of the SCB i002 0 board Defines which parameter is to be transferred at which telegram address 016 0 Notes Word 1 should be set for status word 1 r552 r968 The length number of words of the process data part of the telegram is set with P686 Index 02 i001 Word 01 of the process data part of the telegram i002 Word 02 of the process data part of the telegram i016 Word16 of the process data part of the telegram PNU 2B2Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 CB TB Act Values 0 to 999 16 M i001 968 Actual value output over the serial interface of the CB and or TB module i002 0 Defines which parameter is to be transferred at which telegram address i016 0 Note Word 1 should be set for status word 1 r552 r968 0 is entered factory setting from 1002 to i016 the option module does not pass the current value of r000 to the control system e g SIMATIC but the constant value 0 i001 Word 01 of the process data part of the telegram 1002 Word 02 of the process data part of the telegram i016 Word16 of the process data
53. 4 26 4 3 1 3 way SR 4 28 4 3 1 4 Actual values culties relevo deep eve ee dre v vae ape ve d A 4 29 4 3 2 Binary inputs cete a iden cete tege et eet Cete ad 4 30 4 3 3 Binare out S Ini iacit M IE V 4 30 4 3 5 P EE 4 31 4 3 6 Serial interfaces 2i AU ail eh 4 34 4 3 6 1 1 Basic converter interface 571 4 34 4 3 6 1 2 Basic converter interface SST2 A2 X117 see Section 9 6 Options 4 34 4 3 6 2 Dual port RAM DPR for SCB trenes 4 34 4 3 9 Function selection P052 UL A sie eee ei ve ren trn e aede 4 35 4 3 9 1 Generating the factory setting P052 1 4 35 4 3 9 2 Initialization MLFB setting P052 2 a enn 4 37 4 3 9 3 Download or upread 052 3 aaye 4 39 4 3 9 4 Hardware configuration P052 4 eene enne 4 40 4 3 9 5 Drive setting PO052 Buster unqu 4 41 4 3 9 6 Form DE link P052 2 20 ede i tec EH i Bee TG 4 42 4 3 9 7 Circuit identification P052 21 nennen 4 43 0 4 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 4 3 9 8 4 3 10 4 3 10 1 4 4 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 5 6 5 7 5 8 5 9 5 10 5 11 5 12 5 13 5 14 5 15 5 16 6 2 6 3 7 1 7 2 8 1 8 2 8 2 1 8 2 2 8 2 3 Display m
54. 4x600 C 4x300 4x600 C 4x300 4x600 100x10 R 60x10 100x10 41 0EH85 1AA0 380 to 460 888 C 4x300 4x600 C 4x300 4x600 C 4x300 4x600 100x10 R 60x10 100x10 41 3EK85 1AA0 380 to 460 1156 C 4x300 4x600 C 6x300 6x600 C 4x300 4x600 100x10 100x10 100x10 41 3EK85 1ADO 380 to 460 C 4x300 C 6x300 C 4x300 100x10 100x10 100x10 100x10 100x10 100x10 100x10 100x10 100x10 sess z som wo w ea irces 1aA0 8000578 36 som wo soa w 6 27 2rc8s1aA0 5 wo soa w 6 1 C Cable R Rail 2 American Wire Gauge 3 Terminal connection area Multicore10mm to 50mm2 AWG 8 to AWG 1 0 Stranded 3 5mm to 35mm AWG 12 to AWG 2 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 3 5 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions Connection 12 96 Unit Order No Mains DC link Protective conductor Rated Conductor Conductor Conductor input U1 L1 V1 L2 W1 L3 C L D L PE 1U2 1T1 1V2 1T2 1W2 1T3 voltage current max max max max 6SE70 V A mm AWG 21 AWG 2 mm2 1 AWG 2 37 7 85 1 0 500 to 575 671 4 300 4x600 4x300 4x600 C 4x300 4x600 100x10 R 60x10 100x10 41 0 85 1 0 500 to 575 888 4 300 4x600 4x300 4x600 C 4x300 4x600 100x10 R 60x10 100x10 41 3FK85 1AA0 500 to 575 1119 C 4x300 4x600 C 6x300 6x600 C 4x300 4x600 100x10 100x10 100x10 41 3FK8
55. 71914 091 01 Ob Ld uonoaj s 195 68Sd 0 9864 6494 8294 5 64 01 Sd 016964 1964 299 01 96 9 soy seg Dunes Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Operating Instructions Rectifier Regenerating Unit Start Up 12 95 4 50 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List 5 Parameter List Parameter list Overview __ Numbers 000 Operation Display 001 049 General Observation Parameters 050 069 General Parameters 070 089 Drive Data 090 099 Hardware Configuration 100 149 DC Link Data 150 329 Control 330 409 Convenience functions 410 549 Setpoint Channel 550 649 Control and Status Word 650 679 Analog Input Output 680 719 Communications 720 759 Diagnostics 760 779 Modulator 780 799 Factory Parameters 900 999 Profile Parameters Profibus Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 5 1 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Parameter List 12 95 Parameter list Summary of the abbreviations Example OP1 Parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Description Selection text Factory access setting status Pre charging time 0 to 9999 Pre charging time of the DC link Ime RDS parameter2 PNU 1
56. 95 4 3 5 Analog output Start Up 1 analog output which can be parameterized at the control terminal strip board CUR X102 Section 3 3 to output actual values and other internal rectifier regenerating unit quantities Analog output Voltage range 10V Resolution 39mV 8 bits sign Accuracy 5 Smoothing 20ms Output current max 5mA Short circuit proof and non floating Connecting up Refer to Control terminal strip Section 3 3 Parameterization Also observe Function diagram analog output CUR Section 4 4 Enter the parameter number 0 to 999 whose value 15 to output in P655 CUR AA actual values Set the analog output gain factor in P656 CUR AA gain setting range 320 00V to 320 00V pre setting 10 00V lt gain of 1 Set the offset in P657 CUR AA offset setting range 100 00V to 100 00V pre setting 0 00V lt gt no offset The following is obtained for the calculation from the Function diagram analog output CUR Uoff Parameter value in 100 Pre assignment gain of 1 and no offset 100 10V The parameter value in for the appropriate parameter number can be taken from the parameter list Chapter 5 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions x Gain in Offset V 4 31 Start Up 12 95 Configuring examples Example 1 Available P071 line voltage 400 V Required Ma
57. Connection 12 95 G 6X 7 6 6X 2 6 VQ LX A EL 2891 V 8 r086O eov Ve eL gd vel id LLL 9 1 21 GAL vx ad Jf IX HAS TCU ELUCML Q Q Q Q EVEN Q Q Ec 2891v 40860 SLX FSI X 91 91 SIX ELX GLX va 21494 101611514 JO LI Dart 0891 v 40869 gt 601X 01V 2 10 Vel PES yuisyeeu 84 uo JOSUSS eue Figure 3 28 Power section 6SE7031 5FE85 1AA0 500 575V 151A 3 39 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 12 95 Connection TA LX 1X 2891 60860 ELL GS H MOX 2891 6 0860 I IP 1 92 I 2 S2X 0 2 21X i I L ZZX LSLX I 91 2 91X IZAFEZA I SLATELAL i 2 92X 1 L 92X LELX L 60X gt ELLCML EVIM aLHANL ZILA 0 1 JO jusWaBUeLY 0891 v 70869 60LX 0 LY XUISJESY y UO JOSUSS eue HEN Figure 3 29 Power section 6SE7032 4FE85 1AA0 500 575V 235A Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK8
58. Month i003 Day PNU 2D1Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 SW ID Extended software version ID of the modules in slots 1 2 and 3 of the electronic box for internal purposes Indices i001 SPL1 Software code of the PCB in position 1 1002 SPL2 Software code of the PCB in position 2 i003 Software code of the PCB in position PNU 2D2Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 1 PCB Code Identification code of the PCBs in positions 1 2 and 3 of the electronic box Indices i001 SPL1 PCB code of the PCB in position 1 1002 SPL2 PCB code of the PCB in position 2 i003 SPL3 PCB code of the PCB in position PCB codes CUR 105 CB 140 149 TB 130 139 SCB 120 129 PNU 2D3Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 HeadroomCalcTime 0 to 100 Headroom of the CPU on the CUR module PNU 2D5Hex 02 Scaling 1Hex 41 PZD gr 1 Analog output 10096 10096 computer time free Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 5 35 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Parameter List 12 95 PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status r730 SCB Diagnostics 16 3 HBR SCB diagnostics All values in HEX display If a quantity is represented overflow takes place at FF Hex The meaning of several Indices depends of the selected SCB protocol P682 i001 Number of error free telegrams i002 Terr Number o
59. P055 to parameter mode if P055 xy and the unit is not in the RUN status P555 is reset to P055 Oxy at the end of the copy operation Important Once a copy operation has been started the electronic power supply must not be switched off for at least 3 minutes to enable the copied parameters to be passed to the EEPROM P055 is not stored in the EEPROM and has the value 012 when the electronic power supply is switched on PNU 37Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 1 UHABR 1 HABR 5 7 Parameter List 12 95 PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indies Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access setting status 5 4 Drive data MLFB 6SE70 0 to 120 i Depends on 3 U MLFB order number of the rectifier regenerating unit unit On POWER ON the Bootstrap function is automatically selected as long as P070 has not been set Enter the code of the corresponding MLFB here see Section 4 3 9 2 PNU 46Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Line Volts 100 to 1000 2 UABR V acc to P070 2 A Line voltage of the rectifier bridge RMS value of the rated voltage at which the power section is actually operated PNU 47Hex 2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 Limit LowVoltage 10 to 100 2 BR of P071 61 2 BR Response threshold for undervoltage disconnection and phase failure 2
60. PNU 0A1Hex Type 12 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 1 DC Curr Reg Gain Proportional gain of the DC link current controller This parameter is automatically set when circuit identification takes place 052 21 RDS parameter PNU 136Hex 2 Scaling 1Hex 4 0 01 DC Curr Reg Time Integral action reset time of the DC link current controller This parameter is automatically set when circuit identification takes place P052 21 RDS parameter PNU 137Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 001 DC Volts RegGain Proportional gain of the DC link voltage controller This parameter is automatically set when circuit identification takes place P052 21 RDS parameter PNU 139Hex Type 02 Scaling 1Hex 4 0 01 0 to 1818Hex 0 0 to 150 0 of 4 3 075 150 0 150 0 10 0 0 of 4 075 150 0 0 01 to 1 00 4 0 15 0 001 to 1 000 4 s 0 015 0 10 to 200 00 4 3 00 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List OP1 parameter name Description DC Volts RegTime Integral action reset time of the DC link voltage controller This parameter is automatically set when circuit identification takes place 052 21 RDS parameter PNU 13AHex 2 Scaling 1Hex 4 0 01 DC V Reg Limit Positive threshold for the dead band of the setpoint actual value difference of the Ug controller A setpoint actual value deviation signal for the DC li
61. Parameter List PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status 5 14 Modulator Deadband Convert 0 01 to 100 00 us The reversing threshold of the auto reversing module in rectifier direction Pe If the signed setpoint of the DC link current output of the DC link voltage controller on the output side of the limiting module exceeds the value of 0 05 set with this parameter the firing pulses of the rectifier bridge are enabled These pulses are inhibited if the setpoint of the DC link current drops below the value set here RDS parameter PNU 305Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 01 96 P774 Deadband Invert 100 00 to 0 01 4 3 BR 3 00 3 BR The reversing threshold of the auto reversing module in regenerating direction If the signed setpoint of the DC link current output of the DC link voltage controller on the output side of the limiting module exceeds the value of 0 05 set with this parameter the firing pulses of the rectifier bridge are enabled These pulses are inhibited if the setpoint of the DC link current drops below the value set here RDS parameter PNU 306Hex 02 Scaling 1Hex 4 0 01 Min Gating Angle 0 to 120 el Alpha G limit rectifier stability limit RDS parameter PNU 307Hex 2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 el Max Gating Angle 120 to 1
62. Parameter values indices as P600 PNU 265Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Trg Current Lim 0 to 4212 Destination wiring of the status bit Current limit active status word 2 bit 18 Note For issuing the message via a terminal the active status bit has H level is inverted broken wire proof Parameter values indices as P600 PNU 26AHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Trg Bit Ext Flt1 0 to 4212 Destination of the status bit External fault 1 status word 2 bit 19 Note For issuing the message via a terminal the active status bit has H level is inverted broken wire proof Parameter values indices as P600 PNU 26BHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 5 24 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 2 0 2 0 2 0 Trg Motor Regen 0 to 4212 2 0 Destination wiring for the status bit Regenerative motoring mode status word 1 bit 14 Parameter values Indices as P600 PNU 266Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 2 0 2 0 12 95 Parameter List PNU Conf Par OP1 parameter name Value range Display phys unit Indices Description Selection text Factory setting Trg Bit Ext FIt2 0 to 4212 Destination of the status bit External fault 2 status word 2 bit 20 Note For issuing the message via a terminal the active status bit has H level is inverted broken wire proof If an ON command is active L level causes fault trip after 200 msec Parameter values i
63. Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 12 95 Connection S 6X 7 6 5 6 5 6 L 6x 2891 670860 VG LX I E89lLV Ev0860 I L RERE tov EEREEE i if Q ELL ZLL LLL H IZAL IZAL dd 19 1 Vel vi Vel 24 2891 6 0860 1 62X ELVCML ZILA EVEN 101511110 08917 57086 60LX 0LV yulsyeay y uo JOS USS euue Power section 6SE7033 8EE85 1AA0 and 6SE7034 6EE85 1AA0 380 460V 375A and 463A Figure 3 21 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 3 32 Operating instructions Connection 12 95 Vd 19 LX 89 V hp0986O 209V 589 6 0860 09 2891 0869 ELL 1 c1 ICML GNL vx ad IM TEA LX 2891 V Ev086D L 62x LL CML SVIN AN O O Q 19 2045140 JO 0891 70860 60LX 0LV MUISJESY uo Josues eue Figure 3 22 Power section 6SE7036 1EE85 1AA0 380 460V 605A 3 33 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Operating instructions Rectifier Regenerating Unit 12 95 Connection ELL ZML
64. Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Operator Control Fast changeover 6 3 Operator Control Fault Fault A acknowledged T Fault not acknowledged Fault not acknowledged acknowledged 12 95 After delay time 1 C rn 7 Display before Alarm runc e L fault alarm T r Alarm P cause removed A with a fault or condition Figure 6 3 Operator control structure of the PMU for alarms and faults Alarm cause removed qe Handling of fault and alarm messages reset move into the background in order to parameterize is described in Chapter 7 in detail Figure 6 4 Shifting the PMU display for parameters values with more than 4 digits 6 4 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Operating Instructions 12 95 Fault and Alarm Messages 7 Fault and Alarm Messages When a fault or alarm is generated it is displayed immediately on the PMU as well as on the optional OP1 see Section 6 3 Figure 6 3 An alarm disappears automatically from the display when the problem has been corrected A fault message must be reset by pressing the P key on the PMU or the reset key on the OP1 aft
65. TXT In order to accommodate the different number of lines per page for different printers page divisions were omitted The simplest way to print the file out is as follows COPY ANLEITNG TXT LPT1 Please note that an ASCII character set is active on a laser printer e g PC 8 and that a printer with endless paper is set to Skip over perforation 9 6 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Spare parts 10 Spare parts For rectifier regenerating units sizes C to K Equipment Designation Order number identifier PCB electronics CUR 6SE7090 0XX85 1DAO all unit types 1AAO PCB Power Interface 6SE7028 6EC85 1HAO0 6SE7022 1EC85 1AA0 6SE7024 1EC85 1AA0 6SE7028 6EC85 1AA0 PCB Power Interface 65 7036 1 85 1 0 6SE7031 7EE85 1AA0 65 7032 2 85 1 0 65 7033 1 85 1 0 65 7033 8 85 1 0 65 7034 6 85 1 0 65 7036 1 85 1 0 PCB Power Interface 6SE7028 8FC85 1HAO 6SE7022 7FE85 1AA0 6SE7024 1FC85 1 AAO 6SE7027 2FC85 1AA0 6SE7028 8FC85 1AA0 PCB Power Interface 6SE7035 4FE85 1HAO 6SE7031 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 4FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 7FE85 1AA0 6SE7033 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7034 2FE85 1AA0 6SE7035 4FE85 1AA0 A23 FBG Power Interface 6SE7034 2HE85 1HAO0 65 7031 4 85 1 0 65 7032 2 85 1 0 65 7032 7 85 1 0 65 7034 2 85 1 0 65 7035 3 85 1 0 PCB Power Interface 65 7041 8 85 1 0 65 7038 2 85 1 0 65
66. The display appears The rectifier regenerating unit must be switched on within 20 s otherwise fault message F091 fault value 4 appears U Switch on the rectifier regenerating unit The firing pulses are enabled the rectifier regenerating unit carries current and the DC link is charged up to a certain limit During circuit identification the control angle is reduced until the generated separate current crests reach an average value with reference to an averaging time of 1 6 of the supply cycle time of 25 of P075 with P160 150 0 96 By reducing P160 to 60 0 the required current crest size of up to 10 96 of P075 can be reduced with values P160 lt 60 0 the threshold remains at 10 of P075 Reduction of the size of the generated current crests may be necessary when the sum of the rated currents of the inverters connected to the rectifier regenerating unit significantly drops below the rated current of the rectifier regenerating unit The operating display appears Circuit identification takes about 10 5 with a discharged DC link capacitor The following parameters are set automatically P140 Circuit resistance of the rectifier bridge P142 Circuit resistance of the regenerating bridge P143 Circuit inductance of the regenerating bridge P144 Capacitance of the DC link P310 Proportional gain of current controller P311 Integral action time of current controller P313 Proportional gain of DC link voltage controller P772 Cor
67. Used e g for alternating operation of different inverter types on one rectifier regenerating unit Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 4 3 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 12 95 4 2 Initial start up 4 2 1 Preparatory measures Transporting unpacking assembling refer to Section 2 Connecting up Refer to Section 3 Read Introduction and handling the start up instructions Section 4 1 Forming If the inverter s connected have been switched off continuously or not connected for more than a year is their link capacitors must be formed see Section 4 3 9 6 Connect up the supply and electronics power supply of the converter with the front panel closed The rectifier regenerating unit is supplied with the factory setting refer to Section 5 Parameter list column 4 and access stage 2 standard mode That means The settings of the rectifier regenerating unit data correspond to the unit type according to the MLFB i e converter already initialized When supplied the converter is controlled and parameterized by the parameterizing unit PMU located on the front side of the converter Displays Statuses 9009 faults alarms FUUBI IRBU 15 parameter numbers r 004 index numbers parameter values 1098 AT aise lower Switch on Ey to select Switch off Parameters lt Indices Fault acknowledgement and 7 Parameter values
68. With an H signal only the rectifier bridge can carry current and with an L signal only the regenerating bridge Bit 15 Fault external 1 command L Fault external 1 The command is executed with an L signal After the command has been accepted Changeover to the FAULT status 007 fault 2035 The firing pulses are inhibited and the main contactor if installed drops out see also Chapter 7 Faults and Warnings Bit 16 and 17 reserved Bit 18 Reserve data set RDS bit 0 LSB command In conjunction with bit 19 RDS bit 1 this command permits changeover between four possible data sets see Data sets in Section 4 1 2 and Selecting the data sets in Section 4 4 The values in the data sets must be meaningful This is the case for example when current identification see Section 4 3 9 7 has been carried out for the currently selected reserve data set or when a valid data set has been copied using copy parameters see P055 in Section 5 3 Otherwise errors will be reported After the command has been accepted The parameter settings of the corresponding data set in the closed open loop control are activated Bit 19 Reserve data set RDS bit 1 MSB command In conjunction with bit 18 RDS bit 0 this command permits switches over between four possible data sets see bit 18 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 4 21 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 12 95 Bits 20 to 22 reserved Bit 23
69. actual value channel faulty If generating mode is inhibited 076 x1 circuit identification is not possible 30 not enough rectifier current flows less than 25 of the rated DC current with P160 150 0 or less than 10 with P160 60 0 P141 Rectifier Induct and or P143 Inverter Induct and or P144 C for DC link could not be identified Possible causes Countermeasures Check the connection between the signal source and the SCI1 module slave 2 X428 7 8 Check the connection between the signal source and the SCI1 module slave 3 X428 10 11 Check the connection between the signal source and the SCI1 module slave 3 X428 4 5 Check the connection between the signal source and the SCI1 module slave 3 X428 7 8 Check the connection between the signal source and the SCI1 module slave 3 X428 10 11 Check connection to the SCB Contact problem in connection between module rack and TB and or CB Slot does not agree with assignment P090 P091 Wrong module code r723 Wrong module compatibility r724 Contact problem in connection between module rack and TB and or CB Hardware fault replace TB and or CB Set P076 x2 Connection to DC link interrupted Commutating inductance too low see Section 3 1 Connection to DC link interrupted Fault and Alarm Messages 12 95 Fault No Fault value Fault description Possible
70. bridge The rms line voltage calculated from the area of each line voltage half wave average rectification value x peak value must be greater than the response value for phase failure monitoring The interval between two identical line voltage zeros of the voltage for the regenerating converter must not be greater than 450 deg 14 Overload l t monitor of the power section has responded The monitor responds when 100 of the calculated 14 value of the power section is reached Temp Overl Temperature of the power section too high A check is made to see whether the heat sink temperature measured using thermistor s is gt 95 C Temperature of the power section too low Measure Fault in line voltage measurement An offset 596 has been detected when attempting to compensate for the offset of the line voltage measurement DC Bus Short DC link short circuit The monitor responds if the following conditions obtain for longer than 0 5 sec The current limit of the rectifier regenerating unit is reached this condition does not apply during circuit identification or during DC link forming The rectifier or regenerative current is greater than 1096 of the rated DC current P075 The DC link voltage is less than 596 of 1 35 P071 Fuse Blown Fuse blown in a thyristor branch of the rectifier regenerating unit or of a parallel power section Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operati
71. bridges in operation without autotransformer see Chapter 2 Figure 2 6 Front door bottom and Increases degree of protection to IP20 cover plates and PC covers for Size E EMC screened housing For screened cables Table 9 6 Mechanical options Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 9 3 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Options 12 95 9 6 RS485 interface PTP1 The SST2 serial interface for the basic unit is not available until submodule A2 C98043 A1690 L1 has been plugged into the CUR electronics module A10 With the parameterization P688 1 the peer to peer transmission protocol is implemented on SST2 The RS485 interface cable required for peer to peer coupling to a second unit is described in Section 3 8 7 9 6 1 Order designation Three different versions of this module short designation PTP1 item number C98043 A1690 L1 equipment identifier A2 can be ordered The order numbers MLFB for these versions are 1 Module PTP1 with two spacers 1 module MLFB 6SE7090 0XX85 1NAO 2 Standard package for 12 pulse mode 2 PTP1 modules with two spacers for each of two units MLFB 6SE7090 0XX85 1TAO 3 Retrofitting package for 12 pulse mode 2 PTP1 modules with two spacers 2 CUR control electronics modules and two EPROMs with up to date software for two units MLFB 6SE7090 0XX85 1TBO Versions 1 and 2 require a CUR control electronics module of hardware version 06 or higher indicated on the fourth number b
72. destroyed if improperly handled See also under the measures recommended to protect ESD endangered components in the introductory chapter entitled General 3 3 1 Connectors for the control terminal block Conductors with cross sectional areas of 0 14 to 1 5 mm2 AWG 26 to 16 or 1 mm2 AWG 18 finely stranded with core end ferrules can be connected to the connectors Recommended 0 5 mm2 AWG 20 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 3 15 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions Connection 12 96 3 3 2 Connecting the control leads NOTE When installed control leads must be shielded and isolated from the power cables laying them at a minimum spacing of 20 cm The shield must be connected at both ends On the unit s housing the shield is connected with shield clamps Handling of these clamps is shown in Figure 3 4 If they intersect control and power cables must be run at an angle of 90 to each other Fitting the shielding clamp lt 15 mm lt 7 5 mm lt 5 mm Connector EZ Z Slide on shield and a secure with shrink on tubing for Adapt length Io example T Do not bend Releasing the shielding clamp I spring over Manually or using a screwdriver press the clamp together and extrac it in the upward direction Caution The clamps are sharp edged Shield Figure 3 6 Connec
73. ground fault test is activated with parameters P353 P354 A software check is made to see whether all thyristors have blocking capability whether they can be fired and whether there is a ground fault Identification of the firing lines and the associated thyristors should always be made with the aid of the relevant wiring diagram see Section 3 5 Power terminals Fault on the intelligent I O module See User s Manual of the TB module Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Fault value Meaning Short circuit of thyristor V11 or V24 Short circuit of thyristor V12 or V25 Short circuit of thyristor V13 or V26 Short circuit of thyristor V14 or V21 Short circuit of thyristor V15 or V22 Short circuit of thyristor V16 or V23 Ground fault in DC link or in motor rectifier fuse defective Possible causes Countermeasures Thyristor defective Thyristor externally shorted e g by ground fault in grounded system and ground fault in the motor Connection to DC link interrupted e g fuse blown Possible reasons for the thyristor being defective Interruption in the RC circuit Converter and compensation control not optimized excessive current peaks Cooling not guaranteed e g fan not running ambient temperature too high to little air intake heat sink severely contaminated Excessive voltage peaks in supply system Ground fault Connec
74. i Z A 1 sal i 1 vi tet Ae 2 4 4 Qe iia S 6x 6 66 6 i ip tee hee Qus ehh i d H i ld b d o i sex vex sex eex rex 1 E yun A ddns s wan s wam wama wama s s s s PP 2 09 06 OVI as A069 ZH09 08 OVE A00S ZHO9 09 DYE A00t ZHO9 0G OVE OG OU JO Ionuoo i doo pesojo pue uado i 1055900100101 i sjndui 6unoejes ZOLX uodo 0891 670860 80 X SIAOWIS 65654 SIAONIS LdO 2 58754 98754 Figure 3 13 Single line diagram with suggested circuit arrangement without autotransformer Size Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 3 24 Operating instructions Connection 12 96 OVE 10 LX sindino Boreue a i a S uL sindino Bunoejes 7 r 7 1 e s GEF 02 61 8 ZL Li six ee f Lex Tex es 5 zozx 5 t 6cx 98754 z L 8891 V v086D M PS wama s wama s wam s wm s s
75. i003 0 AND P681 i001 599 in the event of telegram failure bits and 6 of the first SST2 Peer to Peer receive data i e the control status word for 12 pulse mode sent from the partner unit are set to 0 3 8 7 RS485 interface cable for the Peer to Peer link on SST2 The RS485 interface cable required for the serial Peer to Peer link on SST2 is in the form of a four wire connection A screened 4 core cable must be connected at the screw terminals of the 5 pole plug of terminal block X117 on submodule A2 C98043 A1690 Submodule 2 is fitted to the CUR A10 electronics module see Section 9 6 The 4 core cable is not included in the scope of delivery 12 pulse master 12 pulse slave Figure 3 42 Connecting cable for Peer to Peer communication on SST2 between the terminals of the A2 submodule C98043 A1690 3 60 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up 4 Start Up 4 1 Introduction and handling start up WARNING Despite disconnecting the power terminals from the supply voltage may still be present on terminal X19 due to the external fan supply 4 1 1 Handling the start up instructions Section 4 2 First start up First start up of the rectifier regenerating unit Section 4 3 Start up aids Index type reference for start up and use of the rectifier regenerating unit which only has to be used if actually required Section 4 4 Function di
76. is inverted broken wire proof Parameter values indices as P600 PNU 25FHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Trg Bit Deviat 0 to 4212 Destination wiring of the status bit U set U act status word 1 bit 8 cf P517 Parameter values indices as P600 PNU 260Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Trg Regen Ready 0 to 4212 Destination wiring of the status bit Regenerating ready status word 1 Bit 10 Parameter values indices as P600 PNU 260Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 5 23 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Parameter List 12 95 PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status Trg Low Voltage 0 to 4212 Destination of the status bit Undervoltage status word 1 bit 11 Note For issuing the message via a terminal the active status bit has H level is inverted broken wire proof Parameter values indices as P600 PNU 263Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Trg Bit Contact 0 to 4212 Destination of the status bit Energize main contactor status word 1 bit 12 H level energize contactor Important Relay X9 4 5 whose function cannot be programmed is provided for controlling the main contactor Parameter values indices as P600 PNU 264Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Trg DC V reduced 0 to 4212 Destination wiring for the status bit U reduced status word 1 bit 13
77. lt only if word 1 is not assigned for control word 1 with 4501 Section 4 3 1 1 4502 USS Peer to Peer Word2 4503 USS Peer to Peer Word3 4504 USS Peer to Peer Word4 lt only if word 4 is not assigned for control word 2 with 4504 Section 4 3 1 1 4505 USS Peer to Peer Word5 4506 only USS Word6 aa consecutively to 4 28 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up 4 3 1 4 Actual values All available parameter numbers 0 to 999 can be entered into the actual value parameters sorted according to destinations refer to the following The parameter value of the entered parameter number is output at the selected destination Note When specifying parameter numbers which are indexed the value of the first index 1001 is always output When specifying 0 no output is made to the appropriate destination Destinations P655 CUR AA actual values Output via the CUR control terminal strip Section 3 3 Analog output 1 X102 14 reference potential X102 15 refer to Section 4 3 5 analog output P680 SST1 actual values Output via the basic converter interface SST1 Indices i001 Word 01 of the telegram PZD U 016 Word 16 of the telegram PZD refer to Section 4 3 6 1 basic converter interface SST1 Destination options P664 SCI AA actual values Output via the SCB1 interface with SCI1 also refer to the Instruction Manual for the op
78. make sure that the aggregate DC load currents at no time exceed the rated DC current of the rectifier regenerating unit The output current can be increased by connecting power sections of size K in parallel Up to 2 parallel units of the same rated current can be connected in parallel with one basic unit see Section 3 7 for further details on parallel connection You can make technological adaptations and expansions over a defined interface in the control section Harmonic loading on the supply network can be reduced by coupling 2 units for 12 pulse mode for further details on 12 pulse mode see Section 3 8 1 2 Principle of operation The power section of the rectifier regenerating unit consists of two thyristor bridges connected in anti parallel for supplying power to the inverter DC link and feeding power back from the DC link into the system To avoid a voltage drop in the regenerative mode you must increase the input voltage for the regenerating bridge by 2096 You can do this with an auto transformer or connecting the bridge to its own power system If a higher voltage is not applied to the regenerative terminals the DC link voltage must be decreased by phase angle control permanently permanent or by external control in regenerative mode only The link voltage is automatically controlled by a digital microprocessor based controller A 24 V external supply is required for operating the units see Sections 3 5 and 9 3 The re
79. monitoring and threshold for DC link voltage ssee Section 4 3 10 1 of 1 35 P071 PNU 4AHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Rtd Amps 0 0 to 3276 7 2 U BR A acc to P070 2 U Rated DC voltage of the R R unit Output DC current average value the power terminals X1 C X1 D PNU 4BHex 2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 1 Config PCircuit 01 to 22 3 ABR 1 02 3 Configuration of the power section Motoring only x2 Motoring and generating possible Ox No parallel power section connected 1x to 2x Number of power sections connected in parallel PNU 4CHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 5 8 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indies Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status Factory set type Selective factory setting see Section 4 3 9 1 The parameter can be modified in the state MLFB input P052 2 There are two methods for setting the parameters dependent on P077 1 MLFB is not entered P070 0 once P077 has been entered and MLFB input has been terminated P052 0 the selected parameter becomes valid immediately 2 Via the selection Par reset P052 1 or P970 0 generate factory setting is carried out and the setting of P077 is taken into account The values of P070 and P077 will not be changed but all other
80. of the regenerative bridge DC Bus Open The monitor responds if the following conditions obtain for longer than 30sec in the RUN status DC link current lt 1 Output voltage of the thyristor bridge oscillates severely Par PwrSectF Fault in power sections connected in parallel At least one parallel power section is connected has been selected with parameter 076 and reports the fault message Current asymmetry between rectifier regenerating unit and parallel power section Ext Fault 1 External fault 1 A parameter programmable fault input has become active Ext Fault 2 External fault 2 Active in the RUN when the pre charging time P329 3s 200 ms for SW lt 3 0 has elapsed A parameter programmable fault input has been activated Ext Fault 3 External fault 3 A parameter programmable fault input has been activated EEprom Fault Parameter range fault Software monitoring of the permissible value range of the parameters and the functionality of the EEPROM chip permanent memory on electronic module CUR type X28C64 8192 bytes Meaning Current asymmetry overcurrent or undercurrent in the parallel power section compared with the current in the rectifier regenerating unit Parameter value outside the permissible range EEPROM location defective Possible causes Countermeasures Phase sequence of the rectifier bridge different from that of the regenerative bridge R
81. parameters are reset to their factory setting Parameter values Factory setting acc to Parameter list Chapter 5 With this setting the following parameters are initialized differently as compared to 0 P554 P555 With this setting the following parameters are initialized differently as compared to 0 P554 P555 P565 P566 P567 P575 P588 P607 With this setting the following parameters are initialized differently as compared to 0 P554 P555 P565 P566 P575 P588 P607 With this setting the following parameters are initialized differently as compared to 0 P486 P554 P555 P561 P565 P566 P567 P572 P575 P583 P587 P588 607 With this setting the following parameters are initialized differently as compared to 0 P486 P554 P555 P561 P565 P566 P572 P575 P583 P587 P588 P607 PNU 4DHex 02 Scaling 1Hex 1 Module slot1 Module in slot 1 left in the electronics box 4 Module CUR Designation RRU Rectifying Regenerative Unit PNU 59Hex Type 02 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 5 9 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Parameter List PNU Conf Par 5 5 5 10 OP1 parameter name Value range phys unit Description Selection text Hardware configuration Board Position 2 PCB in position 2 right of the electronic box 0 No optional PCBs 1 CB Communication Board 2 TB Technology Board 3 SCB Se
82. part of the telegram PNU 2B6Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 CB TB TIgOFFTime 0 to 6500 ms Telegram lag time of CB and TB ms If no correct telegram is received within the parameterized time a fault trip is set Monitoring is carried out at intervals of 20 ms therefore it is only appropriate to set values that are multiples of 20 ms Description for setting 0 no monitoring no fault trip must be parameterized for sporadic non cyclic telegrams e g operator panel OP at serial comm interface 1 PNU 2B7Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 ms Parameter is only needed if a communication board is reported P090 or P091 1 The communication board checks if the set value is valid If the value is not accepted the fault message 80 is issued with fault value 5 PNU 2B8Hex 02 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 CB Parameter 2 0 to 65535 3 HBR 3 H Communication board parameter 2 see P696 PNU 2B9Hex 02 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 5 33 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions CB Parameter 1 0 to 65535 3 H Communication board parameter 1 See manual of the used communication board Parameter List 12 95 PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status P698 CB Parameter 3 0 to 65535 Communication board parameter 3 See P696 PNU 2BAHex 2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 CB Parameter
83. protection shock foreign body and water protection for electrical equipment EN 60529 1991 Semiconductor converters general regulations and special regulations for line commutated converters Electromagnetic compatibility of instrumentation and control equipment in industrial process engineering Interference resistance to static electricity discharges requirements and measurement methods IEC801 2 Ersetzt durch DIN EN 60801 Teil 2 09 87 RFI suppression of electrical equipment and installations EN 55014 1987 Ersetzt durch DIN VDE 0875 Teil 14 und DIN VDE 0075 EN 55011 1991 Equipment practice for electronic facilities subracks and modules Connectors for printed circuits for connecting ribbon cables with round conductors indirect insertion grid dimension 2 54 mm Elektrotechnik Grundlegende Umweltpr fverfahren Pr fungen Electrical engineering classification of environmental conditions classes of influencing quantities Electromagnetic compatibility for industrial process measurement and control equipment Electrical fast transient burst requirements Semiconductor converters General requirements and line commutated converters Definition of basic requirements IEC146 1 1991 14 11 Operating Instructions Technical Data Sources DIN standards and foreign standards DIN VDE regulations 14 12 12 95 Beuth Verlag GmbH BurggrafenstraBe 6 10787 Berlin VDE Auslieferungsstelle Merians
84. remains in operating state 0008 until telegram traffic is correct see P688 With P687 i003 0 AND 681 1001 599 in the case of telegram failure bits 3 and 6 of the first SST2 Peer to Peer receive data the control status word sent from the partner unit in 12 pulse mode are set to 0 PNU 2AFHex 2 Scaling 1Hex 1ms SST2 Protocol Selection of the protocol for SST2 serial interface 2 CUR with PTP1 option 0 Interface is provided for factory internal diagnostics purposes 7 data bits 1 parity bit even parity 1 stop bit 1 Peer to Peer protocol 8 data bits 1 parity bit even parity 1 stop bit With active Peer To Peer protocol P688 1 and telegram failure time P687 i003 z 0 the unit remains in operating state 9008 until telegram traffic is correct factory internal Peer to Peer PNU 2B0Hex 2 Normierung 1Hex 2 1 SCB Peer2PeerExt Immediate transfer on of data received via the peer to peer protocol of SCB Mark of these words of the received peer to peer telegram which are to be transferred on immediately CUR only 0 No immediate transfer only to CUR Transfer 1 Immediate transfer and passing to CUR i001 01 Word 01 of the process data part of the telegram i002 W02 Word 02 of the process data part of the telegram i005 W05 Word 05 of the process data part of the telegram Condition P682 3 peer to peer protocol PNU 2B1Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex
85. s0750 0 80010578 1 06 1442 4EU4551 2UA00 600 60 50010575 1652 1808 600 60 5 50010575 1652 1808 _ eua7sr oun00 600 60 123 436 evaTsr suBo0 690 60 322M6254AA0 193 213 _ eva05r 2ue00 600750 as aHE8s 1Aa0 680 465 514 sEUsesrQUBoo Goto 1 este 600 671 azuaast suaoo 60760 mo 3 10 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 12 96 Connection Unit Order No Rated input Regen Commutating reactor Type Voltage Frequency Rated voltage curr current current sm m w w 66010690 888 980 4EU4551 3UA00 660 to 690 888 4EU4551 8UA00 690 50 910 41 3 85 1 66010690 1119 1235 4EU4751 1UA00 690 50 1120 41 3 85 1 66010690 1119 1235 4 04751 10 00 690 50 1120 41 5 85 1 0 6600 690 1306 1442 4 05051 690 50 1250 41 5 85 1 66010 690 1306 1442 4EU5051 0UA00 690 50 1250 41 8 85 66010690 1633 1803 4EU5251 0UA00 690 50 1600 41 8HK85 1ADO 660 bi 690 1633 1803 4EU5251 0UA00 690 50 1600 Table 3 6 Recommended commutating reactor Unit Order No Line voltage Autotransformer Autotran
86. section terminals U1 L1 V1 L2 W1 L8 1U2 1T1 1V2 1T2 1W2 1T3 and D L between the basic unit and parallel unit s are identical Non compliance with this condition may result in destruction of the power sections of the basic and parallel units The maximum permissible total cable length between the basic unit and parallel unit 1 or parallel unit 2 if present is 15 m A 50 core ribbon cable 2 6 m in length is included in the scope of delivery of a parallel unit spare parts order No 6SY7010 8AA00 3 48 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Connection Order No for one cable 10 m round screened 6QX5368 other lengths on request On connecting this round 50 core cable with a diameter of 14 mm its screen has to be laid bare by cutting away the insulation and it must be connected to earth on both devices To ensure the interference immunity of the system it is recommended that the cable is laid in an earthed metal pipe of at least 50 mm in diameter to allow the plug to be fed through The cable length within the unit from the connector on the A23 module X27 or X28 to the top edge of the unit on the rear panel cabinet wall is 1m to the left and 1 8 m to the right This includes the spare length required for removing the A23 module with its carrier board for service purposes WARNING When the A23 module of a parallel unit is removed for servicing the t
87. state of the 12 pulse slave unit while the slave unit is carrying out the earth short circuit test and the maximum waiting time of 5 s in state r000 has not yet elapsed 1599 13 r552 3 Message NO fault r552 14 Message Motoring Rectifier bridge is carrying current or is ready to carry current or neither rectifier nor regenerating bridge are carrying current 1599 15 r550 15 No external fault 1 Table 13 Control status word for 12 pulse mode r599 3 56 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Connection Control word 2 r551 bit 23 12 pulse mode selection command Associated source selection parameter P583 Low state no 12 pulse mode i e there is only one normal unit High state 12 pulse mode is selected The command is effective in the high state and effects the following changes with respect to the operational behavior of a single unit i e a normal single unit becomes a 12 pulse master or 12 pulse slave depending on control word 2 bit 27 or the associated source selection parameter P587 i001 or i002 The P gain of the Ud controller is halved internally according to P313 and the DC link capacitance P144 of the 12 pulse master is halved internally but only when the 12 pulse slave reports the run operating state to the 12 pulse master via r599 bit 3 of the first SST2 receive data During forming or circuit identificatio
88. syndjno syndjno 02 6L 81 ZL ull OG 991 JO pue i doer uonoejes 488589 5065 Lee 089 27086 01 209 09 OVI 009 209 09 OVE ZHO9 05 OVE l O691V v0869 I 60 LX ZOLX uodo 805 SIAONIS 9 25554 SIAOWIS 140 9 98758 Single line diagram with suggested circuit arrangement without autotransformer Size Figure 3 9 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 3 20 Operating instructions Connection 12 96 LX 19 LX 18919 57086 3AVSG 1 13534 Ave AGL AGL AG Ajddns i sindino sjnd1no 02 61 BL LL 01 OG 94 JO doo pesojo pue uedo uogoaj s 10sseooudoioiw 988889 006 0891 0860 01 sjndui Bunoejes o amp z ZHO9 0S Ov I A00S ZHO9 0S OVE A00t ZHO9 0S OVE 0691 2708691 s npoui uodo 805 1 005 bm SIAOWIS 2 22258 SIAOMIS LdO 98754 Figure 3 10 Single line diagram with suggested circuit arrangement with autotransformer Size C 3 21 S
89. the TB module TB Warning 17 32 See user s manual for the TB module Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Countermeasures P660 SCI AnaloginConf Check the slave Check the cable Check P660 SCI AnaloginConf Match the baud rates of the SCB modules connected to each P684 SST SCB Baudrate Reduce the number of words P686 SCom SCB PrDat Match the word lengths of the sender and receiver P686 SCom SCB PrDat Important An auto restart may constitute a danger for persons and property Make sure you really want to have auto restart WEA If necessary change P366 WEA Fault and Alarm Messages 12 95 7 12 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Maintenance 8 Maintenance WARNING The rectifier regenerating units are operated with high voltages All work on the unit must be carried out in agreement with the national electrical regulations in Germany VBG 4 Maintenance and repair work must only be carried out by qualified personnel Use must only be made of the spare parts approved by the manufacturer It is imperative to observe the prescribed maintenance intervals and the repair and replacement instructions As the result of the dc link capacitors in the connected SIMOVERT Master Drives the unit still contains a hazardous voltage up to 5 min after isolation power terminal and electronic power su
90. time The power terminals and control terminals may carry a voltage even when the motor is at standstill When working on the open unit pay attention to the fact that live parts are exposed The unit may only be operated with the front covers attached The user is responsible for ensuring that the motor converter rectifier regenerating unit and other units are installed and connected in accordance with the technical regulations recognized in the country of installation in Germany VDE VBG4 and other regionally valid regulations In doing so particular attention must be paid to cable dimensioning fusing earthing deactivation isolation and overcurrent protection CAUTION The power cables must be fixed in position mechanically outside the unit An external 24 V power supply is required for operation of the units see Chapters 3 5 and 9 3 Operational range of the unit 20 V to 30 V Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 3 1 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions Connection 3 1 Power connections DC link Autotransformer Mains output regen system NS 2 T v Figure 3 1 Mains connection size C DC link 1 DC output C L D L Mains 1 U1 L1 V1 L2 Mains fan X19 X9 1U2A4T1 1 2 1 2 1W2 1T3 Autotransformer regen system Figure 3 3 Mains connection size H 12 96 DC link DC output Mains U1 L1 L2 L3 OF OT o
91. to 4 different configurations can be formed for this purpose that are each assigned to a reserve data set Circuit identification has to be carried out separately for each of these reserve data sets During circuit identification the appropriate configuration must exist for the selected data set Circuit identification must be carried out whenever the supply network changes and or whenever the number of connected inverters changes The Circuit identification function can be aborted at any time with an OFF command This triggers fault message F091 Circuit identification aborted by external cause During circuit identification which is carried out in a series of separate stages code numbers appear on the PMU that indicate the current working stage If an error occurs during a stage the circuit identification function is aborted The exact cause of the abort is indicated in the fault value r949 assigned to the fault number memory r947 for non reset fault in index 1001 and if reset in index i009 You will find a detailed description of the fault messages associated fault values and a description on the warning messages in Chapter 7 Faults and Warnings Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 4 43 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 12 95 You can select the Circuit identification function in the Ready to switch on status 009 Procedure 52 21 Select the Circuit identification function U P key
92. to H L H only in the READY TO SWITCH ON status 009 After the command has been accepted an ON command is automatically executed description refer to control word bit 0 Bit8 Inching 1 OFF command L Inching 1 OFF The command is executed with an L signal After the command has been accepted An OFF 1 command is automatically executed description refer to control word bit 0 Bit9 Inching 2 ON command T Inching 2 ON The command is executed with a positive edge change from L to H L H only in the READY TO SWITCH ON status 009 After the command has been accepted an ON command is automatically executed description refer to control word bit 0 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 4 19 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 12 95 Bit9 Inching 2 OFF command L Inching 2 OFF The command is executed with an L signal After the command has been accepted An OFF 1 command is automatically executed description refer to control word bit 0 Bit 10 Control from the PLC command H Control from the PLC The command is executed with an H signal Process data PZD control word setpoints originating from a PLC which were sent via the SST1 interface of the CB TB interface option and the SST SCB interface option are only evaluated if the command was accepted If several interfaces are operational only the process data of the interfaces are evaluated which
93. voltage of the rectifier connection DC link voltage 675 to 780V DC 15 Rated frequency fn Input 46 to 64 automatic fredquency matching Output DC Rated current rms value With autotransformer Regenerating line side Regenerating unit side Rectifier operation Without autotransformer Regenerating unit side Rectifier operation Load class to EN 60146 1 1 of the DC link current average value in rectifier operation currents reduced to 92 in regenerative operation Rated current A 151 235 270 354 420 536 average DC link connection Rectifier operation Load class II to EN 60146 1 1 of the DC link current average value in rectifier operation currents reduced to 92 in regenerative operation Base oad uation F a 4 me s 79 ws 95 7 Exescmemduaon s mw Losses cooling Losses cooling O EMINENS Maximum Sound pressure level dimensions m Dm p Standard 5s s ms ss 5s 8 1 3AC 208 to 230V Input voltage see Chapter 1 Description 14 6 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Technical Data R R unit 1AA0 37 7FH85 41 0FH85 41 3FK85 41 5FK85 41 8FK85 Rated voltage rated frequency rated current Rated voltage Rectifier connection 500 to 575 V three phase AC 15 R
94. 0 i003 150 0 1004 150 0 i001 150 0 i002 150 0 i003 150 0 i004 150 0 i001 0 15 i002 0 15 i003 0 15 i004 0 15 i001 0 015 i002 0 015 i003 0 015 i004 0 015 i001 3 00 i002 3 00 i003 3 00 i004 3 00 i001 3 00 i002 3 00 i003 3 00 i004 3 00 i001 0 01 i002 0 01 i003 0 01 i004 0 01 i001 1 00 i002 1 00 i003 1 00 i004 1 00 i001 80 00 i002 80 00 i003 80 00 i004 80 00 Start up setting Start up setting change Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Logbook Par Parameter Factory setting Start up setting Start up setting No designation change P319 DC V set red Hys i001 6 00 i002 6 00 i003 6 00 i004 6 00 Smooth Load Amps P329 PreChange Time i001 500 i002 500 i003 500 i004 500 P408 Caps FormingTime i001 10 0 i002 10 0 i003 10 0 i004 10 0 P486 Src Current Setp i001 0 i001 i001 i002 0 i002 i002 DC Volts Dev Lim i001 2 00 i002 2 00 i003 2 00 i004 2 00 P518 Deviation Time i001 0 10 i002 0 10 i003 0 10 i004 0 10 P554 Src ON OFF 1 i001 1010 i001 i001 SPT P555 Src1 OFF2 i001 1010 i001 i001 VP e ee P556 Src2 OFF2 i001 1 i001 i001 pee lemons P557 Src3 OFF2 i001 1 i001 i001 pee aman P561 Src InvRelease i001 1 i001 i001 mem ae P565 Src1 Fault Reset i001 0 i001 i001 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 12 3 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Logbo
95. 001 SST1 serial comm interface 1 CUR i002 SCB SCB if P682 1 2 PNU 2ADHex Type 02 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 SCom SCB PrDat 0 to 16 Number of words 16 bits of the process data part in the net data block of the telegram i001 SST1 serial comm interface 1 CUR i002 SCB SCB if P682 1 2 3 PWE 0 means that no process data are expected in the USS protocol and that none are sent i003 SST2 serial comm interface 2 CUR with PTP1 option if Peer to Peer protocol is selected P688 1 from 1 to 5 net data words can be sent PNU 2AEHex 2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 5 31 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Parameter List 12 95 PNU Conf Par 5 32 OP1 parameter name Value range Display phys unit Indices Description Selection text Factory setting SCom SCB TIgOFF 0 to 6500 Telegram OFF time of CUR and SCB ms If no correct telegram is received within the parameterized time a fault trip is set Description for setting Value 0 monitoring no fault trip must be parameterized for sporadic acyclic telegrams e g operator panel OP at serial comm interface 1 i001 SST1 serial comm interface 1 CUR i002 SCB SCB if P682 1 2 3 i003 SST2 serial comm interface 2 CUR with PTP1 option if Peer to Peer protocol is selected P688 1 With active Peer To Peer protocol P688 1 and telegram failure time P687 i003 0 the unit
96. 00VA with switching voltage of 30 V DC max 8A DC 230V AC Figure 3 3 24 V DC and main contactor control connections Function description X9 1 DC 24V tolerance range 20V 30V max current consumption 2A at 24V max current consumption without options 1A for basic unit master 0 3A for parallel unit slave Table 3 8 Connector X9 pin assignments for auxiliary power supply and main contactor control Terminal X9 1 fused with fuse F1 T2A 250V time lag 5x20mm 19198 T2A 250V Messrs Wickmann Werke GmbH or 0034 3993 FSD Messrs Schurter and for parallel unit via connector x27 for size K fused with fuse F5 T2A 250V time lag 5x20mm 19198 T2A 250V Messrs Wickmann Werke GmbH or 0034 3993 FSD Messrs Schurter Terminal X9 2 Sizes C and E fused with fuse F2 T3 2A 250V time lag 5x20mm 19198 T3 2A 250V Messrs Wickmann Werke GmbH or 0034 3998 FSD Messrs Schurter Sizes H and K fused with fuse F2 T7A 250V time lag 6 3x32mm 14 x 114 19343 T7A 250V Messrs Wickmann Werke GmbH and or 0034 5243 FST Messrs Schurter NOTE The main contactor s operating coil must be protected for example by RC elements Chapter 9 3 14 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 12 96 Connection 3 2 1 Short circuit withstand capability for sizes H and K In the event of a line side short circuit in front of the super fast built in fuses the power fed in from the supply depen
97. 01 9 11002 CUR BE2 X101 10 X x x 1004 4 101 12 x 1005 101 23 1010 PMU a Word1 gt B MM NEN Word4 OPTIONS 3001 CB TB Word1 X X X X X x x 3004 CB TB 4101 5 1 and 2 Slave BET x x lt x x 4102 mE Consecutively to BE10 x 4111 only SCI 2 Slave 1 BE11 x x 4112 8 2 x Consecutivelyto x x x x x 4201 SCI 1 and 2 Slave 2 BE1 x x x x x x 4202 2 x ____ _ x 422 2 MEM Consecutivelyto x x x x x x x 4216 _______ 6 ee x SCB SST USS Peer t Peer Wordi x x x x x x x SCB SST USS Peer t Peer ULL 6001 SST2 1 A X1171 5 Word x x x x x x x Gonsecutivelyto x x x SST2 1 A2 X117 1 5 Words x x x x ox x x Value can be assigned for the selection parameters gt x gt x gt x gt gt x gt gt HE gt gt x 28 gt Hr ak ga gt lt gt W gt x x lt x x x x gt x
98. 041 8 85 1 0 65 7041 8 85 1 6SE7041 8FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 8HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8HK85 1ADO F11 bis F26 Fuse link 6SY7010 2AA11 6SE7037 7FH85 1AA0 6SE7037 7HH85 1AA0 F111 bis F262 Fuse link 6SY7010 2AA11 6SE7041 3FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 3FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 3HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 3HK85 1ADO F111 bis F262 Fuse link 6SY7010 2AA21 6SE7041 5FK85 0AA0 6SE7041 5FK85 0ADO 6SE7041 5HK85 0AA0 6SE7041 5HK85 0ADO NTC thermistor 6SY7010 6AA01 6SE7022 1EC85 1AA0 6SE7024 1EC85 1AA0 6SE7028 1EC85 1AA0 6SE7022 7FC85 1 AAO 6SE7024 1FC85 1 AAO 6SE7027 2FC85 1 AAO 6SE7028 8FC85 1 AAO 6SE7031 7EE85 1AA0 6SE7032 2EE85 1AA0 6SE7033 1EE85 1AA0 6SE7033 8EE85 1AA0 6SE7034 6EE85 1AA0 6SE7036 1EE85 1AA0 6SE7031 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 4FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 7FE85 1AA0 6SE7033 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7034 2FE85 1AA0 6SE7035 4FE85 1AA0 6SE7031 4HE85 1AA0 6SE7032 2HE85 1AA0 6SE7032 7HE85 1AA0 6SE7034 2HE85 1AA0 65 7035 3 85 1 0 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 10 7 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Spare parts 12 95 Equipment Designation Order number Used in identifier R100 NTC thermistor 6SY7010 6AA02 6SE7038 2EH85 1AA0 6SE7041 0EH85 1AA0 6SE7037 7FH85 1 AAO 6SE7041 0FH85 1AA0 6SE7037 7HH85 1AA0 6SE7041 0HH85 1AA0 6SE7041 3EK85 1AA0 65 7041 3 85 1 6SE7041 8EK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8EK85 1ADO 6SE7041 3FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 3FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 5FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 5FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 8FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8FK85 1ADO
99. 08 OVI A069 ZHO9 0S OVE 006 ZHO9 0S OVE 2 09 05 OVE Figure 3 37 Single line diagram with suggested circuit for parallel connection without autotransformer size Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 3 50 Operating Instructions Connection 12 95 0 6 A068 OG A08Z ASZ9 OG A029 AOLS OG oiseq JEMOd p A oiseg zH09 0S Ov A069 2 09 05 OVE 006 2 09 09 OVE A00r 2 09 05 OVE AOE OV L 601 01 AOE OV L LX 7 5 Qe ee i jun uey ev 46917 670860 891 V v086D yun 49 A ddns 19 LOLX OLW Jamod yun LOLX OLV w x mum x mum jun uonoes Figure 3 38 Single line diagram with suggested circuit for parallel connection with autotransformer size 3 51 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Operating Instructions Rectifier Regenerating Unit Connection 12 95 3 8 12 pulse mode only possible with the optional RS485 interface 3 8 1 General information on 12 pulse mode
100. 1 6 X101 9 ON OFF 1 P554 1 1001 X101 10 101 11 Acknowledge P565 1 1003 X101 12 Fault external 1 P575 1 1004 P575 2 1004 always activ 101 13 590 1005 102 15 102 14 Actual Ud value P655 37 4 10 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up 4 3 Start up aids 4 3 1 Process data Process data are commands and setpoints which are entered into the rectifier regenerating unit from outside as well as signals and actual values which the rectifier regenerating unit outputs 4 3 1 1 Control word control word 1 and control word 2 Control status word for 12 pulse mode see Section 3 8 4 3 1 1 1 Introduction and application example The two control words 1 bits 0 to 15 and 2 bits 16 to 31 output commands and external signals messages to the rectifier regenerating unit Their status can be read out via parameter r550 or r967 control 1 and r551 control word 2 An overview is provided in Section 4 3 1 1 2 Overview of the control word The significance of the possible commands and signals entered externally is described in Section 4 3 1 1 7 Significance of the control word commands Every control word bit is assigned a selection parameter which defines from which source s this bit can be changed refer to Section 4 3 1 1 2 right hand column The selection parameters for the sources are with the exception of P590 source select
101. 1 8A 41 0 85 1 0 992 660 690 50 60 4BU6295 0UA31 8A 4BU5895 0UA41 8A 41 3HK85 1AA0 1119 1235 660 690 50 60 4BU6395 0UA01 8A 4BU5995 0UA11 8A 41 3HK85 1ADO 1119 1235 660 690 50 60 4BU6395 0UA01 8A 4BU5995 0UA11 8A 41 5HK85 1AA0 1306 1442 660 690 50 60 4BU6495 0UA11 8A 4BU6095 0UA31 8A 41 5HK85 1ADO 1306 1442 660 690 50 60 4BU6495 0UA11 8A 4BU6095 0UA31 8A 4 3 41 8HK85 1AA0 1633 1803 660 690 50 60 BU6595 0UA01 8A 4BU6295 0UA41 8A 41 8HK85 1AD0 1633 1803 660 690 50 60 4BU6595 0UA01 8A 4BU6295 0UA41 8A Table 3 7 Recommended autotransformers Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 3 13 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions Connection 12 96 3 2 Power supply and main contactor The power supply and main contactor control circuit are connected through five pin connector X9 sizes C and E on module A23 sizes H and K at the bottom left of the unit Single core cables with conductor cross sections of 0 2 to 2 5 mm2 AWG 24 PS to 14 be connected to 9 finely stranded 1 5 mm2 with core end ferrules 24V DC control The main contactor is driven over isolated contacts X9 4 and X9 5 2 31415 9 Technical specifications of main contact control circuit 230V Size C max at p f 20 4 max making capacity 1500VA with switching voltage of 30 V DC max 5A DC Size H max 5A at p f 20 4 max making capacity 30
102. 1 parameter name Value range phys unit Description Selection text Setpoint channel Src Current Setp 0 to 6005 Setpoint source Parameter values As per PZD wiring of the setpoint channel see Section 4 3 1 3 Only effective if slave drive control word 2 bit 27 1 G R parameter PNU 1E6Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 DC Volts Dev Lim 0 00 to 100 00 Setpoint actual value deviation of Ud of 1 35 P071 If the deviation between the Ud setpoint and the actual Ud is considerable the Setpoint actual value deviation message is generated status word 1 Bit 8 r552 Compare P518 min duration of deviation RDS parameter PNU 205Hex 2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 01 Deviation Time 0 00 to 10 00 s Min deviation time If there is a deviation P517 the Setpoint actual value deviation message status word 1 bit 8 r552 is generated after this minimum time has elapsed RDS parameter PNU 206Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 01 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status 5 10 Control and status word Control Word 1 Display of the control word 1 bits 0 to 15 see Section 4 3 1 1 2 Pal Pie Pio of MA PAP AT PNU 226Hex Type V2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 EE Control Wo
103. 11410 JusWwebUeLY 0891 v 70860 601X 01V yuls eey y uo Josues jeuue Figure 3 35 Power section 6SE7035 3HE85 1AA0 660 690V 536A Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 3 46 Operating instructions 12 95 Connection 3 7 Parallel connection of parallel unit s size K The output current can be increased by connecting up to 2 parallel units of identical rated current in parallel with the power section of a rectifier regenerating unit of size K basic unit The following table shows for each basic unit order number the order number for the corresponding parallel unit that can be connected in parallel Order No for basic unit Order No for parallel unit for connecting in parallel 6SE7041 3EK85 1AA0 6SE7041 3EK85 1ADO 6SE7041 8EK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8EK85 1ADO 6SE7041 3FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 3FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 5FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 5FK85 1ADO Table 3 11 Corresponding basic and parallel units The parallel units have the same technical data as the corresponding basic units The parallel units do not include a CUR electronic module and are fitted with a C98043 A1695 A23 Power Interface module instead of a C98043 A1685 A23 Power Interface module The parallel units do not require an external 24 V supply A 50 core ribbon cable is used to transfer firing pulse signals and monitoring signals It also carries the power supply for the parallel units Parallel connection to a basic uni
104. 12 pulse mode selection command H 12 pulse mode is selected The command is executed with an H signal and causes a change in operational behavior from that of a single unit i e normal single unit becomes 12 pulse master or 12 pulse slave depending on parameter 587 or control word bit 27 See Section 3 8 4 for further details Bits 24 and 25 reserved Bit 26 Fault external 2 command L Fault external 2 The command is recognized with an L signal and does not become active until the pre charging time P329 and an additional time delay of 300 ms has elapsed when the operating mode RUN is active During formation P052 20 or circuit identification P052 21 the command is ineffective After the command has been accepted Changeover to the FAULT status 007 fault 2036 The firing pulses are inhibited and the main contactor if installed drops out see also Chapter 7 Faults and Warnings Bit 27 Master slave changeover H Slave S F unit L Master S F unit The command switches between slave and master mode Slave S F unit The closed loop control operates with an external DC link current setpoint Even when a thyristor test is selected P353 1 2 or 3 if Ud 596 it does not wait in state 9012 and the thyristor test is not carried out Master S F unit The closed loop control operates with an external DC link current setpoint Bit 28 Alarm external 1 command L Alarm external 1 The command is execute
105. 2 055 3 0 Peer 2 Peer 4 Option 1 not used Option 1 5 Option 2 not used Option 2 Condition SCB board must be reported P090 and 0 91 respectively PNU 2AAHex 02 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 2 0 PNU 2ABHex 2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Description Selection text Factory access setting status SCom SCB Baud 1 to 813 2 i001 6 i002 6 i003 13 Serial interfaces baud rate 300 Baud 300 Bd 600 Baud 600 Bd 1200 Baud 1200 Bd 2400 Baud 2400 Bd 4800 Baud 4800 Bd 9600 Baud 9600 Bd 19200 Baud 19200 Bd 38400 Baud 38400 Bd 57650 Baud 57650 Bd 76800 Baud 76800 Bd 93750 Baud 93750 Bd 115200 Baud 115200 Bd 187500 Baud 187500 Bd i001 SST1 serial comm interface 1 CUR i002 SCB SCB if P682 1 2 3 i003 SST2 serial comm interface 2 CUR with PTP1 option PNU 2ACHex 2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 SCom SCB PKWDat 0 to 127 2 i001 127 Number of words 16 bit of the parameter data part in the net data block of 002 127 the telegram 0 No parameter data part in the telegram 3 4 Parameter data part is 3 parameter identifier Ind parameter value 4 words long 127 Variable parameter data length for the transfer of parameter description and texts i
106. 2 007 OVV L S83HZ c 073S9 00 007 0VV 1 984 2 2202459 002 007 OVV I 983Ht 180 959 00S 009 0 1 68337 980 53 9 007 00S 0 1 6834 lt 750 53 9 007 008 58 45 660 159 OSE 057 68 4 0260 459 OSE 057 OVVI S83dt c 0 3S9 00 007 0 1 98349 180 959 00S 009 0771 9833 9204459 007 008 0 1 98339 750 53 9 007 006 0VVLI S8338 073S9 OSE 057 Ovv I 9833 L 6 023S9 00 007 Ovv I S833c c 0 3S9 00 007 1 98332 1204459 UOISUSWI Yun eui pue JO oeds S9 qed 10 US 6LX uono uuoo 1jeuio sno ue4 Z pue Ajddns 20 10044 wwoe yooy syun Jeujo JO Z LIN L 883H S 0 3S9 OVV L G83Hc v 607399 0 68 560 459 0OvVL S8331 9 073S9 10 9 LIN pajunow 10 uogoeuuo syun JOJO JO Z LIN L 883H S 0 3S9 OVV L G83Hc v 607399 OVV L G834v 6 073S9 0vVL 68331 9 0 3S9 101 9 LIN suomnoeuuoo JO Bununoy SW Mads JOJ Bununoy yelu y jsneux3 v6c 075 92A OL LZA QLA OL LLA 10190 00ex 10014 Figure 2 3 Dimension drawing size S
107. 2 BE1 4202 ee x _ 4310 Jx gt x ox 4212 E Sansecutvelyto at x Va EN NN S o EM 0 gt SCB SST USS Peer t Peer Wordt x x SCB SST USS Peer t Peer Word4 SST2 1 A2 X117 1 5 Word1 x x x X Gonsecutivelyto x x x SST2 1 A2 X117 1 5 Words x x __ tT x x Value can be assigned for the selection parameters BE can only be assigned once in the same index of all selection parameters 1 Value 1010 cannot be set but reset is always possible from PMU 2 xG for P555 value 1010 is only possible for P555 to P557 when P554 1010 gt gt gt gt d III x x x ___ Factory setting xG for basic setting with P077 0 xR for reserve setting with P077 0 4 14 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 4 3 1 1 Selecting the source for control word 1 bit 8 15 Selection P basic setting 5551 EMEN 57 Selection P reserve setting 568 2 569 2 571 2 572 2 573 2 574 2 575 2 A MEM E 0000 Constant value 0 xG R IxG R xG R x 10001 Constant value t X XG R xG R GR CUR BE1 X1
108. 49Hex Type O2 3 Scaling 1 14 1 An under the parameter number means that this is a confirmation parameter i e the modified value does not become active until the P key is pressed 2 Abbreviations for indexed parameters RDS Reserve data set parameter with 4 indices changeover with control word 2 bits 18 and 19 G R Parameter with changeover feature for basic and reserve setting in control word 2 bit 30 3 Specification of parameter type 02 16 bit value without sign 12 16 bit value with sign V2 Bit coded quantity L2 Nibble coded quantity 4 Scaling for access via the PKW mechanism If necessary Specification of scaling group for process data PZD PZD group PZD scaling 0 or no specification As for PKW scaling 1 4000Hex 100 5 Access stage P051 starting at which a parameter can be modified or displayed Operator input Standard mode Expert mode Factory set parameters RON 6 Specification of the operating states in which the parameter can be displayed 7 Specification of the operating states in which the parameter can be displayed 6 7 Operating states U MLFB input 0000 H Hardware 9002 9004 configuration A Drive setting 9005 B Ready incl fault 9007 9008 9009 0010 9011 9012 9021 R R Run 0014 0015 0018 8 An under the parameter number means that this parameter does not exist with a 6SE70 rectifier unit P070 MLFB gt 101 9 A factory setting value in brackets means tha
109. 5 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 3 40 Operating instructions Connection 12 95 S 6X 7 6 5 6 c 6x 6 89 6708602 L 2X 1 LX ZAL 7 SZATEZA I 19 ELL CML VLM Q 7891 670869 109 2 08917 57086 gt 60LX 0LV yuls eey y uo Josues jeuue L Wel Vel GO dd AM ANEX TULA V IA LO 292 19 rvin 10461118 JO Figure 3 30 Power section 65 7032 7 85 1 6SE7033 5FE85 1AA0 and 6SE7034 2FE85 1AA0 500 575V 270A 354A and 420A 3 41 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Operating instructions Rectifier Regenerating Unit 12 95 Connection 5 6 7 6 6X 2 6 1 6 A Ems mm m 0208 900 924 2891 V v096D 2 92 2 2 2 2 92X 92 12 2 12 LX 020 920 cH 642 m 8 I LI LI veu 120 Iz ll i 2 id lt gt x 1111 O O ELL LLL e c1 ICML iul ivl iz aint m i 98919 70860 1 109 I 2 ad LX ors Vel vi 2 61
110. 5 1ADO 500 to 575 1119 C 4x300 4x600 C 6x300 6x600 C 4x300 4x600 100x10 100x10 100x10 41 5FK85 1AA0 500 to 575 1306 C 4x300 4x600 C 6x300 6x600 C 4x300 4x600 100x10 100x10 100x10 41 5FK85 1ADO 500 to 575 1306 C 4x300 4x600 C 6x300 6x600 C 4x300 4x600 100x10 100x10 100x10 41 8FK85 1AA0 500 to 575 1633 C 4x300 4x600 C 6x300 6x600 C 4x300 4x600 100x10 100x10 100x10 41 8FK85 1ADO 500 to 575 1633 C 4x300 4x600 C 6x300 6x600 C 4x300 4x600 100x10 100x10 100x10 32 7HE85 1AA0 660 to 690 234 2x120 2x4 0 2x150 2x300 120 4 0 34 2HE85 1AA0 660 to 690 366 2x240 2x500 2x300 2x600 185 350 35 3HE85 1AA0 660 to 690 2x240 2x500 2x300 2x600 300 60 37 7HH85 1AA0 660t0690 671 C4x300 4x600 C4x300 4x600 C 4x300 4x600 R 100x10 R 60x10 R 100x10 41 0HH85 1AA0 660t0690 898 C4x300 4x600 C4x300 4x600 C 4x300 4x600 R 100x10 R 60x10 R 100x10 41 3HK85 1AA0 66010690 1119 C4x300 4x600 6 300 6x600 C 4x300 4x600 R 100x10 R 100x10 R 100x10 41 3HK85 1ADO 660to690 1119 4 300 4x600 6 300 6x600 C 4x300 4 600 R 100x10 R 100x10 R 100x10 41 5HK85 1AA0 660 to 690 1306 4x300 4x600 6x300 6x600 C 4x300 4x600 100x10 100x10 100x10 41 5HK85 1AD0 660 to 690 1306 4x300 4x600 6x300 6x600 C 4x300 4x600 100x10 100x10 100x10 41 8HK85 1AA0 660 to 690 1633 4x300 4x600
111. 5 39 Parameter List 12 95 PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access pan setting status Fault Memory Display of the faults which have occurred at the last trips Each fault number has a fault value and a fault time assigned to it see Chapter 7 for details of fault numbers and fault values The relationship between the responsible parameters is shown in the diagram below The fault numbers for the last 8 max faults are stored under the indices of parameter r947 The fault number for the current not yet reset trip is indicated by r947 001 the fault number for the last reset fault is indicated by index 9 the fault number of the last but one reset fault is indicated by index 17 etc The entry 0 here means that no previous fault has occurred In contrast to the converter SIMOVERT Master Drive FC VC SC in the case of the rectifier regenerating unit only one fault can occur for each trip therefore the only significant indices are 1 9 17 25 33 41 49 and 57 A fault value in the appropriate index of parameter r949 is assigned to every fault number This provides more detailed information on the type of fault Apart from this for each trip the fault time which is the actual value of the operating hours counter r013 is stored in parameter r748 The data for the current not yet reset trip is present as day hours and seconds
112. 50 Hz 2 6 A at 60 Hz Size K Current consumption at 50 Hz 5 2 A at 60 Hz 6 6 19198 T2A 250V Messrs Wickmann Werke GmbH or 0034 3993 FSD Messrs Schurter or T2A 250V time lag 6 3 32 mm x 114 19343 T2A 250V Messrs Wickmann Werke GmbH or 0034 5231 FST Messrs Schurter Sizes H and K Terminal X19 fused with fuse F3 and F4 T2A 250V time lag 6 3x32 mm 14 x 114 19343 T7A 250V Messrs Wickmann Werke GmbH or 0034 5243 FST Messrs Schurter Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 12 96 Connection The units are designed for permanent connection to the system in keeping with DIN VDE 0160 Section 6 5 2 1 Protective conductor connection Min cross sectional area 10 mm2 see Table 3 2 The conductor cross sectional areas listed in Table 3 2 are maximum connectable cross sections The data is given for multicore cable The cross sections actually connected must be determined in accordance with the applicable regulations e g DIN VDE 100 Part 523 DIN VDE 0276 Part 1000 Unit Order No Mains DC link Protective conductor Conductor Conductor Conductor U1 L1 V1 L2 W1 L3 C L D L PE 1U2 1T1 1V2 1T2 1W2 1T3 voltage current 36 som wo soa 6 _ 34 6EE85 1AA0 380 to 460 403 2x240 2x500 2x300 2x600 240 500 36 1 85 1 0 380 to 460 526 2x240 2x500 2x300 2x600 300 600 38 2EH85 1AA0 380 to 460 710 C 4x300
113. 6005 Source of the External warning 1 message control word 2 bit 28 0 Not allowed d No external warning Other values see allowed settings in Section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word B R parameter PNU 24CHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Src No Ext Warn2 1 to 6005 Source of the external warning 2 message control word 2 bit 29 0 Not allowed 1 No external warning Other values see allowed settings in Section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word B R parameter PNU 24DHex Type L2 Scaling 1 2 1 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 5 21 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 2 0 2 1 Src Master Slave 0 to 6005 2 0 Source for the master slave drive changeover control word 2 bit 27 0 0 Master drive The control works with an internal current setpoint 1 Slave drive The control works with an external current setpoint Other values see allowed settings in Section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word B R parameter PNU 24BHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 2 1 2 1 Parameter List 12 95 PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status Src Base Reserve 0 to 6005 Source of the Base reserve settings switching command control word 2 bit 30 0 Base setting 1 Reserve setting 1005 Binary input 5 of the CUR board Other values see allowed setting
114. 608 Trg Bit Deviat i001 0 i001 i001 PT en P610 Trg Reren Ready i001 0 i001 i001 mem mmo _ Trg Low Voltage P612 Trg Bit Contact P613 Trg DC V reduced i001 0 i001 i001 P614 Trg Motor Regen i001 0 i001 i001 e P618 Trg Current Lim i001 0 i001 i001 pes 0 P619 Trg Bit Ext i001 0 i001 i001 O pes P620 Trg Bit Ext FIt2 i001 0 i001 i001 P621 Trg Bit ExtWarn i001 0 i001 i001 _ P622 Trg Bit i2t Inv i001 0 i001 i001 pes e jme P623 Trg BitFItTmplnv i001 0 i001 i001 _ P624 Trg BitWarTmplnv i001 0 i001 i001 pen 0 _ P631 Trg Bit Charging i001 0 i001 i001 i y e Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 12 5 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Logbook 12 95 Par Parameter Factory setting Start up setting Start up setting No designation change SCI AnalogInConf SCI AnalnSmooth SCI AnaloginOffs i001 0 00 i002 0 00 i003 0 00 i004 0 00 i005 0 00 i006 0 00 SCI AnaOutActVal SCI AnaOut Gain i001 10 00 i002 10 00 i003 10 00 i004 10 00 i005 10 00 i006 10 00 SCI AnaOut Offs i001 0 00 i002 0 00 i003 0 00 i004 0 00 i005 0 00 i006 0 00 12 6 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Logbook
115. 65 Alpha limit inverter stability limit rell RDS parameter PNU 308Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 1 el Max Gating Angle Ramp 0 00 to 100 00 96 of P075 Transition ramp of the alpha W limit from pulsating to continuous DC for currents pulsating threshold the control angle is limited to 165 for currents gt pulsating threshold P777 to P776 with linear interpolation inbetween RDS parameter PNU 309Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 5 37 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Parameter List 12 95 PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access setting status Par 5 15 Factory parameters 121 Control Word 0 to 1 1 Control word for the it power section 0 Response of the it monitor for the power section i e 100 of the it value has been reached results in an automatic reduction of the limit for the current setpoint to the rated DC current until the absolute value of the current setpoint has dropped below the rated DC current before its limit and the calculated equivalent junction temperature rise is again below the unit specific response threshold The current setpoint limit is then raised again Response of the it monitor for the power section i e 100 of the it value has been reached results in fault F022 and disconnection PNU 311Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2
116. 6SE7041 8EK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8EK85 1ADO 6SE7041 3FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 3FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 5FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 5FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 8FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 3HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 3HK85 1ADO 6SE7041 5HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 5HK85 1ADO 6SE7041 8HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8HK85 1ADO Fuse link 6SY7010 2AA04 6SE7022 1EC85 1AA0 10 Fuse link 6SY7010 2AA05 6SE7024 1EC85 1AA0 65 7024 1 85 1 0 FO 0 Fuse link 059500500202 link 6SY7010 2AA06 65 7028 6 85 1 0 0 link 6SY7010 2AA07 65 7031 7 85 1 0 65 7032 2 85 1 0 Fuse link 6SY7010 2AA10 6SE7033 8EE85 1AA0 6SE7034 2FE85 1AA0 o 7 6SE7034 OH E85 1 0 Fo 0 ______ link 6SY7010 2AA16 6SE7031 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7031 4HE85 1AA0 Fuse link 6SY7010 2AA17 6SE7032 4FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 2HE85 1AA0 Fuse link 6SY7010 2AA18 6SE7032 7FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 7HE85 1AA0 0 Fuse link link 6SY7010 2AA20 6SE7033 5FE85 1AA0 po 0 _______ link 6SY7010 2AA21 6SE7035 4FE85 1AA0 6SE7035 3HE85 1AA0 F11 F11 F26 F26 Fuse link link 6SY7010 2AA22 6SE7038 2EH85 1AA0 TT 11 bis F262 ________ link 6SY7010 2AA22 6SE7041 3EK85 1AA0 6SE7041 3EK85 1ADO 10 6 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Spare parts Equipment Designation Order number Used in identifier F11 bis F26 Fuse link 6SY7010 2AA12 65 7041 0 85 1 0 6SE7041 0FH85 1AA0 6SE7041 0HH85 1AA0 F111 bis F262 Fuse link 6SY7010 2AA12 65 7
117. 9 when control word bit 23 is 1 12 pulse mode is selected Note The prerequisite for 12 pulse mode is that the 12 pulse master and 12 pulse slave are coupled via the SST2 serial interface using Peer to Peer protocol P688 1 and that in each case the control status word for 12 pulse mode r599 is transmitted in word 1 of the transmission protocol P681 i001 599 3 8 5 Start up with 12 pulse mode Linking the units via SST2 RS485 interface Mount the optional A2 submodule C98043 A1690 on the A10 CUR electronic module C98043 A1680 of master and slave see Section 9 6 and connecting an interface cable RS485 4 core cable see Section 3 8 7 on the 5 pole terminal block X117 of A2 Parameterizing a unit as a 12 pulse master see Section 3 8 3 Following Generate factory setting see Section 4 3 9 1 only the following parameters have to be set P0512 3 expert mode e P688 1 select Peer to Peer protocol 583 1001 or i002 1 12 pulse mode is selected e 573 1001 or 1002 6001 only set when the 12 pulse master is also required to go into the fault state in the event of a 12 pulse slave fault see Section 3 8 6 e Switch off earth short circuit test P354 0 when the unit is supplied by a non earthed supply e g from the delta winding of the 12 pulse transformer Note The basic setting index i001 of the unit is used in practice for the parameterization as 12 pulse master with the appropria
118. A0 41 0 380 460V 6SE7031 4HE85 1AA0 140 0 660 690V ese7oer sreestaao 1510 SAG 500573V E ao 6SE7031 7EES5 TAAO 172 0 aac 460 42 SSE70322EE8S IAAO 2220 3AC380460V E Josera un 2220 E 6SE7032 4FE85 1AA0 235 0 500 575V Tas sserosorees saao 5709 sac sr esere meson 2700 sxc fE 6SE7033 1EE85 1AA0 310 0 380 460V 6SE7034 6EE85 1AA0 463 0 380 460V 65 eser041 06H8S 1AAO 10230 SAG 380 460V 10250 660 690V H eo ese7oer arkes 1aao 1880 sac 500 575 4 38 12 95 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 4 3 9 3 Start Up Download or upread 52 3 P052 has to be set to 3 when a download write or upload read has to be carried out for the parameters of the rectifier regenerating unit at the basic unit interface SST1 using USS protocol e g using SIMOVIS Download can be selected in the following statuses Switch on inhibit 008 Ready to switch on 009 or Fault 007 Procedure 052 3 Function selection Download The operating display appears 021 Using a PC at the basic converter interface SST1 and an appropriate application program e g SIMOVIS all parameters can be now read and changed independently of the operat
119. AD0 3NE3335 170M5696 41 5HK85 1AA0 710 3NE3337 8 630 170M5696 41 5HK85 1AD0 710 3NE3337 8 170M5696 41 8HK85 1AA0 800 3NE3338 8 170M5698 41 8HK85 1AD0 800 3NE3338 8 170M5698 Table 3 5 Built in branch fuses Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions Connection 3 9 Connection 12 96 Unit Order No Rated input Regen Commutating reactor Type Voltage Frequency Rated voltage Curr current current v 266085 805460 74 82 4EU2451 4UA00 400 50 460 60 so 41 3EK85 1ADO 380 to 460 1156 1276 4EU4351 3UA00 400 50 460 60 1120 41 8 85 1 0 380 to 460 1542 1702 4EU4351 7UA00 400 50 460 60 1600 41 8EK85 1ADO 380to 460 1542 1702 4EU4351 7UA00 400 50 460 60 1600 50010575 24 26 s0750 224 57 36 4 s0750 355 _ 27 2 85 1 0 500 to 575 62 69 4EU2451 5UA00 500 50 63 28 8FC85 1AA0 500 to 575 82 90 4EU2551 1UB00 500 50 80 50010575 191 45 4EUs raUBOo sors 1 _ 50010578 465 514 _ aEU3651 7UB00 600 60 Heo 50010575 671 _ aeuest 7uA00 500 60 a aFKa5 1AA0 50010575 1119 1235 4ELMSS 1UAOD 600 60 a aFKa5 1AD0_ 500t0575 1119 1235 euassr iua00 600 60 ar sFKa5 1AAO 50010575 1 06 1442 4EU4s5i 2UA00
120. E7032 2HE85 1AA0 65 7032 7 85 1 0 65 7034 2 85 1 0 65 7035 3 85 1 0 10 4 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Spare parts Equipment Designation Order number Used in identifier Fuse link 6SY7010 2AA01 6SE7038 2EH85 1AA0 65 7041 0 85 1 0 6SE7037 7FH85 1 AAO 6SE7041 0FH85 1AA0 6SE7037 7HH85 1AA0 6SE7041 0HH85 1AA0 6SE7041 3EK85 1AA0 65 7041 3 85 1 6SE7041 8EK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8EK85 1ADO 6SE7041 3FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 3FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 5FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 5FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 8FK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8FK85 1ADO 6SE7041 3HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 3HK85 1ADO 6SE7041 5HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 5HK85 1ADO 6SE7041 8HK85 1AA0 6SE7041 8HK85 1ADO Fuse link 6SY7010 2AA03 6SE7031 7EE85 1AA0 6SE7032 2EE85 1AA0 6SE7033 1EE85 1AA0 6SE7033 8EE85 1AA0 6SE7034 6EE85 1AA0 6SE7036 1EE85 1AA0 6SE7031 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 4FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 7FE85 1AA0 6SE7033 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7034 2FE85 1AA0 6SE7036 4FE85 1AA0 6SE7031 4HE85 1AA0 6SE7032 2HE85 1AA0 6SE7032 7HE85 1AA0 6SE7034 2HE85 1AA0 6SE7035 3HE85 1AA0 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 10 5 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Spare parts 12 95 Equipment Designation Order number Used in identifier F2 F3 F4 Fuse link 6SY7010 2AA23 6SE7038 2EH85 1AA0 6SE7041 0EH85 1AA0 6SE7037 7FH85 1 AAO 6SE7041 0FH85 1AA0 6SE7037 7HH85 1AA0 6SE7041 0HH85 1AA0 6SE7041 3EK85 1AA0 65 7041 3 85 1
121. EH85 1AA0 network Ebene A Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB05 6SE7041 3EK85 1AA0 network 6SE7041 3EK85 1AD0 Ebene B Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB06 6SE7041 3EK85 1AA0 network 6SE7041 3EK85 1AD0 Ebene A Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB07 6SE7041 8EK85 1AA0 network 6SE7041 8EK85 1AD0 Ebene B Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB08 6SE7041 8EK85 1AA0 network 6SE7041 8EK85 1AD0 Ebene A Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB12 6SE7037 7FH85 1AA0 network Ebene B Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB13 6SE7037 7FH85 1AA0 network Ebene A Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB15 65 7041 0 85 1 0 network Ebene B Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB16 65 7041 0 85 1 0 network Ebene A Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB17 6SE7041 3FK85 1AA0 network 6SE7041 3FK85 1AD0 Ebene B Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB18 6SE7041 3FK85 1AA0 network 6SE7041 3FK85 1AD0 Ebene A Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB20 6SE7041 5FK85 1AA0 network 6SE7041 5FK85 1AD0 Ebene B Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB21 6SE7041 5FK85 1AA0 network 6SE7041 5FK85 1AD0 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 10 3 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Spare parts 12 95 Equipment Designation Order number Used in identifier Ebene A Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB22 6SE7041 8FK85 1AA0 network 6SE7041 8FK85 1AD0 Ebene B Thyristor block with
122. Expert 4 7 4 2 5 Simple application examples for connecting process data with connection assignment 4 10 4 3 Start uUpalds each ei a i a elo adi elie ana 4 11 4 3 1 Process ce ide v e en tend 4 11 4 3 1 1 Control word control word 1 and control word 2 4 11 4 3 1 1 1 Introduction and application example U 4 11 4 3 1 1 2 Overview of the control word control word 1 and control word 2 4 13 4 3 1 1 3 Selecting the source for control word 1 bit 0 4 14 4 3 1 1 4 Selecting the source for control word 1 bit 8 5 4 15 4 3 1 1 5 Selecting the source for control word 2 bit 16 23 sss 4 16 4 3 1 1 6 Selecting the source for control word 2 bit 24 5 4 17 4 3 1 1 7 Significance of control word 1 and 2 4 18 4 3 1 2 Status word status word 1 and status word 2 4 23 4 3 1 2 1 Introduction and application example T 4 23 4 3 1 2 2 Overview of the status word status word 1 and status word 2 4 24 4 3 1 23 Selecting the destinations for the status word bits 0 31 4 25 4 3 1 2 4 Significance of the status word messages enne
123. F2 1 to 6005 Source 2 of the OFF2 command control word 1 bit 1 Description see P555 B R Parameter PNU 22CHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Src3 OFF2 1 to 6005 Source 3 of the OFF2 command control word 1 bit 1 Description see P555 B R Parameter PNU 22DHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Src InvRelease 1 to 6005 Source for the Run enable command control word 1 bit 3 0 Pulse inhibit 1 Automatic Run enable at end of waiting times Other values see allowed settings in Section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word B R Parameter PNU 231Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Src1 Fault Reset 0 to 6005 2 S 1 of the Reset d word 1 bit 7 190170 ource 1 of the Reset command control word 1 bit 7 002 1003 0 No source selected 1 Not allowed 1003 Binary input 3 of the CUR board Other values see allowed settings in Section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word whereby Reset from the PMU is always possible Note The Acknowledge control command is edge triggered B R parameter PNU 235Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Src2 Fault Reset 0 to 6005 Source 2 of the Reset command control word 1 bit 7 Description see P565 B R parameter PNU 236Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Src3 Fault Reset 0 to 6005 Source 3 of the Reset command control word 1 bit 7 Description see P565 B R parameter PNU 237Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 5 18 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Oper
124. IN VDE 0100 DIN VDE 0106 DIN VDE 0110 DIN VDE 0113 DIN VDE 0160 DIN VDE 0298 DIN VDE 0470 DIN VDE 0558 DIN VDE 0843 DIN VDE 0875 DIN 41494 DIN 41651 DIN IEC 68 DIN IEC 721 IEC 801 EN 60146 1 1 Part 540 11 91 Part 1 05 82 Part 100 A03 83 Part 1 and 2 A01 89 Part 1 A06 93 204 91 Part 2 11 79 4 02 80 Part 1 12 92 Part1 A07 87 Part 2 A09 87 Z Part 11 12 88 Z Part 1 A07 92 Part 5 A9 80 Part 1 A9 89 Part 2 Part 3 A08 87 Part 4 1993 Part 1 1 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Technical Data Applied standards Erection of power installations with rated voltages up to 1000 V Selection and erection of electrical equipment earthing PE conductor equipotential bonding conductor Protection against electric shock Classification of electrical and electronic equipment IEC 536 Arrangement of actuation elements in the proximity of shock hazard parts Isolation coordination for electrical equipment in low voltage installations Safety of machines electrical equipment of machines General requirements EN 60204 1 1992 Equipping power installations with electronic equipment Use of cables and insulated cables for power installations Recommended values for the current carrying capacity of cables with rated voltages Ug U to 18 30 kV Recommended values for the current carrying capacity of cables Types of
125. OR Bussmann US standard 6SE70 A Type A Type 2460851AA0 auis eo 1793886 v 266085 mano 126 aner 31 7EE85 1AA0 250 3NE3227 170 3696 36 1EE85 1AA0 800 3NE3338 8 170 5700 amans eo 17086 v awerce ee wo mena 33 5FE85 1AA0 450 3NE3333 550 170M4696 32 7HE85 1AA0 350 3NE3231 450 170 4694 rro amEsssra 900 170VS699 Table 3 4 Built in DC link fuse 1 Not a US standard 3 8 12 96 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 12 96 Unit Built in branch fuses F11 to F16 Order No Siemens SITOR Bussmann US standard 6SE70 Type Type eaen Ian mese tone _ _ __ 900 17006745 rows 41 0 85 1 0 3NE3338 8 170M5699 _ 00_ 900 170455 asss sa Built in branch fuses F111 to F116 Jones 4i ekesiaDo 630 mo sexos ex 500 oNEssas 69 voss srsmesioo see sns mm N 41 5FK85 1AA0 710 3NE3337 8 170M5696 41 5FK85 1ADO 710 3NE3337 8 630 170M5696 41 8FK85 1AA0 800 3NE3338 8 800 170M5698 41 8FK85 1ADO 800 3NE3338 8 800 170M5698 41 3HK85 1AA0 170M5696 41 3HK85 1
126. R state when the P key is pressed activates the value set Conversely a rectifier regenerating unit that is in the R state will enter the Ready B state if the terminal is at logic L potential Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 4 11 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 12 95 Typical application Control word bit 0 31 x 2 x o 26 9 55 Meaning 82 Se LL Gag SE Z 5 e P554 P561 591 Select parameter Basic set i001 i001 Ali001 A Reserve set i002 1002 i002 EN Changeover using control word bit 30 P590 Value 0000 0001 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1010 2001 2004 3001 to 4504 6001 to 6005 M og malt 5 Source S S8 1 momrmrm jm s 5 58883 S Sj o xlo lo o j 8 ger Eg ON OFF1 Basic set via PMU keys 1 0 Reserve set via bin input 1 of CUR Op cond OFF2 Basic set Constant value 1 always op cond Reserve set Constant value 1 always op cond NOTE For OFF2 and OFF3 3 selection parameters can be assigned differently in the same index Op enable inhibit Basic set Constant value 1 always op enable Reserve set Constant value 1 via serial interface SST1 of the CUR 4 12 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instru
127. R interface TB CB Output of spontaneous messages over the BASE SERIAL interface SST1 Output of spontaneous messages over SCB with USS protocol Setting help Each interface is coded with a number Enter the number and or the sum of several numbers assigned to the interfaces to enable the spontaneous message mechanism for the relevant interface s PNU 395Hex Type 02 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 CB Bus Address Protocol depending bus address for communication board see manual of this board Notes The communication board checks if the set value is valid The bus addresses 0 to 2 are reserved for master stations and therefore cannot be set If the value is not accepted the fault message 80 is issued with fault value 5 Condition P090 1 or P091 1 communication board installed PNU 396Hex 02 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 Parameter Access Release of interfaces for the parameterization This parameter performs the same function 053 Parameter P053 can always be modified For description see 053 PNU 39FHex 02 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 Src Base Reserve Source of the switching command base reserve settings control word 2 bit 30 This parameter performs the same function as P590 For description see P590 PNU 3A0Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions inactive TB CB SCom SCB USS 3 to 126 0 to 6005
128. SIEMENS SIMOVERT Master Drives Operating Instructions Rectifier Regenerating Unit Sizes C to K Order No 6SE7087 6AK85 1 AAO 12 95 General These Operating Instructions are available in the following languages Language French Spanish Italian Order No 6SE70 80 0 85 1 87 7 85 1 0 87 8 85 1 0 87 2AK85 1AA0 Unit Software Release starting with 3 0 The reproduction transmission or use of this document or its contents is not permitted without express written authority Offenders will be liable for damages All rights including rights cre ated by patent grant or registration of a utility model or design are reserved Conformity We have checked the contents of this document for conformity with the hardware and software described However this does not absolutely preclude deviations and we therefore cannot guarantee complete conformity The information in the document is subjected to regular scrutiny Any necessary corrections will be made in subsequent editions We also welcome any suggestions you may have in the way of improvement SIMOVERT Registered Trade Mark Siemens AG 1994 All rights reserved 12 95 Contents Contents Page 0 Definitions ina 0 7 1 DSS CRIP ONY c 1 1 1 1 indus 1 1 1 2 Principle of operation insa a E a E 1 1 2 T
129. Set P052 0 and press the P key terminate the initialize function Set P052 1 select the function Generate manufacturer setting when the lt P gt key is pressed all parameters are reset to their factory setting or to the PO77 dependent value If only those parameter values that are dependent on P077 are required to be changed and all other parameters should remain unchanged the following procedure is necessary Set P051 3 expert mode Set P052 2 select Initialize function set MLFB Note P070 and set 70 0 Set 77 5 or 6 select the required P077 dependent parameter setting Set P052 0 and press the lt P gt key read in the parameter values dependent on P077 Move the F060 error message into the background by pressing lt P gt lt H gt Set P052 2 select Initialize function set MLFB again P0702 noted value restore MLFB P052 0 and press the lt P gt key MLFB is read in the dependent parameters P071 P075 and P076 are set Move the F060 error message into the foreground again by pressing lt P gt lt T gt and reset by pressing the P key Additional parameter settings for the 12 pulse slave 3 58 P051 3 expert mode P688 1 Peer to Peer protocol Switch off earth short circuit test P354 0 when the unit is supplied from an unearthed supply e g from the delta winding of the 12 pulse transformer For factory settings in accordance with P0772 5 or 6 binary inp
130. UA41 8A 32 4FE85 1AA0 500 50 60 4BU4795 0UA21 8A 4BU4395 0UA61 8A 4BU4795 0UB01 8A 4BU4395 0UA1 1 8A 32 7FE85 1AA0 233 257 500 50 60 4BU5195 0UA11 8A 04595 00 81 8 755 60 4BUS195 0UAG1 8A 4BU4395 0UAPI 8A co 5 rn ms VENN RENE SIS fases uns auseos RT Ls e seus oun sen aure eo e295 4505805 0UAST SA 3 12 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 12 96 Connection Unit Order No Line voltage Autotransformer Autotransformer range Duty factor Duty factor 15 100 25 65 70 CE as 41 5FK85 1ADO 1306 1442 50 60 4BU6295 0UA21 8A 4BU5895 0UA61 8A 60 4BU6295 0UA61 8A 4BU5895 0UA81 8A 41 8FK85 1AA0 1633 1803 50 60 500 575 500 575 500 75 5 50 60 4BU6495 0UA01 8A 4BU5995 0UA21 8A 1 60 4BU6395 0UA11 8A 4BU5995 0UA41 8A 41 8FK85 1AD0 1633 1803 50 60 4BU6495 0UA01 8A 4BU5995 0UA21 8A 60 4BU6395 0UA11 8A 4BU5995 0UA41 8A 31 4HE85 1AA0 136 660 690 50 60 4BU4795 0UA31 8A 4804395 00 31 8 32 2HE85 1AA0 213 660 690 50 60 4BU5295 0UA21 8A 4BU4595 0UA51 8A 32 7HE85 1AA0 258 660 690 50 60 4BU5395 0UA31 8A 4BU4795 0UA51 8A 34 2HE85 1AA0 404 660 690 50 60 4BU5595 0UA11 8A 4BU5295 0UA31 8A 35 3HE85 1AA0 514 660 690 50 60 4BU5895 0UA31 8A 48U5395 0UA51 8A 37 7HH85 1AA0 741 660 690 50 60 4BU6095 0UA21 8A 4BU5695 0UA3
131. agrams Graphical overview of the setpoint channel open loop closed loop control analog inputs outputs and the rectifier regenerating unit data sets 4 1 2 General explanation of the terminology and functions of the rectifier regenerating unit Abbreviations Abbreviations used Refer to Section 15 Information notes Mode and automatic control variants of the rectifier regenerating unit Function block diagrams Open and closed loop control see Section 4 4 Application Power supply of the variable voltage DC link of SIMOVERT converters of the 6SEE70 series Mode variants a The line voltage in the regenerative branch is stepped up by an auto transformer to prevent having to reduce the DC link voltage in regenerating mode Permanent reduction of the DC link voltage by phase angle control rectifier mode in order to always be able to feed power back into the system P318 Reduced DC link voltage setpoint e g 80 571 0001 Permanent selection of reduced voltage Reduction of the link voltage for regenerative mode only by means of open loop control to be able to exploit the line voltage fully in rectifier mode and not have to use an autotransformer for feeding power back into the system This type of power feedback is not intended for dynamic operation but only for setpoint controlled operation in conjunction with external open loop control P318 Reduced DC link voltage setpoint e g
132. application 12 pulse mode is implemented to reduce the harmonic loading on the mains supply Two 6SE70 units rectifier regenerating units are connected_in parallel on the output side and supplied on the line side with two 3 phase AC supplies galvanically isolated and with a phase offset of 30 degrees One unit the 12 pulse master controls the DC link voltage and provides the setpoint current for the other unit the 12 pulse slave Note A unit described here as a slave is a completely normal rectifier regenerating unit with a CUR electronic module and is only transformed into a 12 pulse slave by the appropriate parameterization The term 12 pulse slave must not be confused with a parallel unit for the connection of power sections in parallel because the latter does not contain a CUR electronic module and has a different order No See Section 3 7 The two 3 phase galvanically isolated AC supplies with a phase offset of 30 degrees are usually generated using a transformer with 2 different secondary systems e g Y y6 d5 i e primary winding star secondary winding 1 star secondary winding 2 delta A transformer of this type will be referred to below as a 12 pulse transformer To implement 12 pulse mode the two rectifier regenerating units must be coupled via a fast serial link The SST2 serial interface for the basic unit is used for this purpose which is however only available as an RS485 interface once the optional A2
133. arameter PNU 242Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Src RDataSetBit1 0 to 6005 Source for bit 1 control word 2 bit 19 for selecting the reserve data set RDS 0 RDS bit 1 has the value 0 1 RDS bit 1 has the value 1 Other values see allowed settings in section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word B R parameter PNU 243Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 5 20 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List PNU Conf Par OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Description Selection text Factory access setting status Src 12 Pulse Mode 1 to 6005 Source for control command 12 pulse mode is selected control word 2 bit 23 0 No 12 pulse mode 1 12 pulse mode is selected Other values see allowed settings in section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word B R parameter PNU 247Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 ExtFault2 1 to 6005 Source of the External fault 2 message control word 2 bit 26 L signal causes disconnection of the faulted unit after a pre charging time of 200ms if the rectifier regenerating unit is in the RUN status 0 Not allowed 1 No external fault 1004 Binary input 4 of the CUR board Other values see allowed settings in Section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word B R parameter PNU 24AHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 No Ext Warn1 1 to
134. ards at an angle Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 8 7 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions Maintenance 12 95 The thyristor blocks are installed in the reverse order 8 8 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Maintenance 8 2 4 2 Disassembling the thyristor blocks for size K 1 AT P lo H Level B Level A EG j nO p a s S 19 t be alle T 2 41 Es He Front thyristor block level A weight of a thyristor block approx 25 kg e Remove the covers N by removing 7 4 hexagon head bolts 5 and 3 nuts Ri Remove the copper plate 2 by removing 6 M10 hexagon head bolts 9 Remove the copper plate by removing 4 M10 hexagon head bolts 2 Unplug the gate and cathode cables A Only on disassembling the central thyristor block remove the two thermistors that are only located on the central thyristor block by removing the scre
135. ating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status Src Jog1 ON 0 to 6005 Source of the Jog 1 command control word 1 bit 8 0 No Jog operation 1 Not allowed Other values see allowed settings in Section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word B R Parameter PNU 238Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Src Jog2 ON 0 to 6005 Source of the Jog 2 command control word 1 bit 9 Description see P568 B R parameter PNU 239Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Src Reduce DC V 0 to 6005 Source for the Reduce Ug control command control word 1 bit 11 Wait for Ug reduction 0 Ug reduction inactive 1 Ug reduction requested permanent Ug reduction other values see allowed settings in Section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word B R parameter PNU 23BHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Src RegenRelease 0 to 6005 Source for the Regenerating enable control command control word 1 bit 12 0 Regenerating inhibited 1 Regenerating enabled Other values see allowed settings in Section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word B R parameter PNU 23CHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Src No ExtFault3 1 to 6005 2 Source for the External fault 3 control command control word 1 bit 13 L signal causes disconnection of the faulted drive 0 Not allowed 1 No external fau
136. ault and Alarm Messages 12 95 Fault Fault description Fault No value F061 WrongPar Set 3 Parameter wrong or not yet set 4 5 Autotransformer connected incorrectly 6 SST1 Telegr USS telegram to SST1 failed Active from the first reception of a valid protocol in all operating states Following receipt of a valid telegram no further telegrams were received for longer than the time set with parameter P687 i001 SST2 Telegr Peer to peer telegram to SST1 failed Following receipt of a valid telegram no further telegrams were received for longer than the time set with parameter P687 i003 SCB Initial SCB initialization error An error has occurred when initializing the SCB SCB Heartb SCB heartbeat SCB no longer processes the heartbeat counter 51 Analn1 Current at analog input 1 slave 1 under 4 mA Meaning P141 Rectifier Induct P143 Inverter Induct or P144 C of DC link are 0 00 P318 is too large with reduction selected or P776 is set too small to facilitate constant regenerative operation with continuous DC link current for the current ratio of rectifier regenerating supply voltage P318 is too large with reduction selected to facilitate constant regenerative operation with pulsating DC link current for the current ratio of rectifier regenerating supply voltage UsSupply regenerating 1 lt 1 1 UsSupply rectifier SCB not plugged in or SCB modul
137. ave 1 analog output 2 i003 513 Slave 1 analog output i004 121 Slave 2 analog output 1 i005 122 Slave 2 analog output 2 i006 123 Slave 2 analog output Condition The related SCB board must be reported via P090 and P091 respectively PNU 298Hex 02 Scaling 1Hex 21 SCI AnaOut Gain 320 00 to 320 00 6 3 BR 10 00 3 Proportional gain of the SCI analog outputs Description for setting see manual i001 5111 Slave 1 analog output 1 i002 512 Slave 1 analog output 2 i003 513 Slave 1 analog output 3 i004 121 Slave 2 analog output 1 i005 122 Slave 2 analog output 2 i006 5123 Slave 2 analog output PNU 299Hex 12 Scaling 1 0 01 V SCI AnaOut Offs 320 00 to 320 00 6 V 0 00 Offset of the SCI analog outputs i001 5111 Slave 1 analog output 1 i002 512 Slave 1 analog output 2 i003 513 Slave 1 analog output i004 121 Slave 2 analog output 1 i005 122 Slave 2 analog output 2 1006 123 Slave 2 analog output PNU 29AHex Type 12 Scaling 1Hex 0 01 V Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 5 29 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Parameter List 12 95 PNU Conf Par OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Description Selection text Factory access setting status 5 12 5 30 Communications Scom1 Act Value 0 to 999 16 ES i001 968 Process data assignment for actual
138. be exchanged with respect to their connection to the 12 pulse transformer a Power section supply with autotransformers With a small u value for the 12 pulse transformer and or the autotransformer high power supply the decoupling commutating reactors should be installed between the 12 pulse transformer outputs and the autotransformer inputs With a large u value for the 12 pulse transformer low power supply they should be installed directly in the path of the rectifier bridge to ensure that the total u value in the regenerating direction is not too large see note in Section 3 1 Arrangement for high power system 12 pulse master Rectification Regeneration 12 pulse transformer Reactor DC link Autotransformer 12 pulse slave Rectification Regeneration Reactor Autotransformer Arrangement for low power system Reactor 12 pulse master Rectification Regeneration 12 pulse transformer DC link Reactor 12 pulse slave Rectification Regeneration Autotransformer Figure 3 39 Power section supply with autotransformers b Power section supply without autotransformers reduced DC link voltage If an autotransformer for raising the regenerating voltage is not used Ud reduction must be selected By selecting a transformation ratio of for example U 1 25 at the 12 pulse transformer and by using rectifier regenerati
139. ber i e a parameter value can only be modified under an appropriate access level and an appropriate operating state If the 4 characters of the seven segment display are insufficient for displaying a parameter value only 4 figures will be displayed initially see Figure 6 4 The presence of further figures to the right or left of this window is indicated by flashing of the left hand or right hand figure If lt P gt lt lower gt or lt P gt lt raise gt are pressed simultaneously this window can be moved to view the parameter value By pressing P again it is possible to switch back to the parameter number level 6 2 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 6 3 Structure Ready to switch on Operating display Parameter number level gt 2 Fast changeover A A I no Parameter yes Index level A Highest 57 I index T Parameter value level A Return to parameter Figure 6 2 Operator control structure using the PMU
140. bient temperature If 9 gt 40 C note the reduction curves See Section 14 1 Check whether fan E1 E2 is connected and rotating in the right direction whether the air inlet and outlet openings are clean and clear the connection of the temperature sensor to X30 X31 X32 Check whether the rated DC current of the rectifier regenerating unit is adequate for the specific application Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Fault and Alarm Messages Description no Slave In the case of serial SCB1 with SCI1 2 no slave is connected and or the fiber optic conductor is interrupted or the slaves have no voltage Slave not ok In the case of serial I O the slaves required according to the parameter settings are not available slave number an or slave type Peer Bdrate In a peer to peer connection the baud rate selected is too high and pr different Peer PrD L In a peer to peer connection an excessive process data length has been set 55 Peer Lng f In a peer to peer connection the process data length of the sender and receiver do not agree Auto Restart The line voltage is outside the tolerance band at the moment e g power outage The firing pulses are therefore inhibited On power recovery however the WEA option P366 implements an auto restart CB Warning 1 16 See user s manual for the CB module TB Warning 1 16 See user s manual for
141. boards CB SCB1 SCB2 1 2 RIGHT B2 1 2 RIGHT CB 1 SCB2 TB NOTE Each of the option boards may only be used once in the electronics box When using the TB option board e g T300 this must always be inserted in slot 2 at the RIGHT in the electronics box If only one option board is used this must always be inserted at slot 2 to the RIGHT in the electronics box Additional parameters depending on the option boards refer to the associated Instruction Manuals or Section 5 P052 0 Function selection return The operating display appears r000 while parameters and interval variables are being re assigned The hardware is initialized If error fault message 2050 F070 or F080 appears see Chapter 7 After the selected function selection has been completed the Switch on inhibit 008 or Ready to switch on 009 operating display appears 4 40 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up 4 3 9 5 Drive setting 52 5 This function is used to change the drive setting rectifier regenerating data system data This includes all parameters that can be written in the Drive setting status A see right hand column of the parameter list in Chapter 5 Once you have completed the drive setting procedure you can decide whether to implement the function selection Forming 52 20 or Circuit identifica
142. causes Countermeasures Meaning A waiting time of 20s has already Circuit ID C Circuit identification or forming aborted due to external cause If circuit identification is aborted only those parameters are modified whose assignment was completed before this fault occurred elapsed but the circuit identification link cannot be carried out because the Wait until the DC link has DC link voltage is too high discharged sufficiently then start Ud gt 20 of 1 35 P071 circuit identification again The abort took place because the RUN or R status was exited for some reason e g brief power outage during forming or circuit identification The abort took place because the reserve data set selection changed during forming or circuit identification The abort took place because the OFF command was given The abort took place because an ON command was not given within 20 sec after selecting the forming function P052 20 or the circuit identification function P052 21 The abort took place because the Inhibit regenerating command was given during circuit identification see control word 1 bit 12 and P572 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Fault and Alarm Messages Fault Fault description No F103 Thy Grnd Fault when conducting the thyristor ground fault test This fault message can only occur if the thyristor
143. changeover between Parameter number E 00000 Parameter index 0000 Parameter value A detailed description of the displays as well as the parameterizing and operator control possibilities of the rectifier regenerating unit via the PMU is provided in Section 6 operator control Parameterization is realized according to Sections 4 2 2 and 4 2 3 It is possible to jump into the appropriate sequence step in the following flow diagrams if incorrect entries have been made taking into account the access stage P051 and a function selection P052 which may be required It is recommended that the following parameters and function steps after the jump in position are re checked and executed due to the background calculations To avoid oscillating of the link voltage in regenerative mode it is advisable to set parameter P302 of the SIMOVERT Master Drives FC VC SC time constant for filtering the link voltage to the value 3 4 4 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up 4 2 2 Parameterization Standard application Commands via OP1 P554 2001 P555 2001 Regen transformer Permanent reduction P571 0001 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Language only important when OP1 is in use see Section 9 4 0 German 1 English 2 Spanish 3 French 4 Italian Access stage Standard mode Parameterization enable
144. commands P051 3 Access level Expert mode SST2 interface definition 688 1 protocol selection Peer to Peer 684 1003 13 baudrate 187500 factory setting P686 i003 2 2 process data words factory setting 687 1003 1 ms telegram failure time factory setting see Section 3 8 6 SST2 send channel 681 1001 599 1st process data item is control status word for 12 pulse mode factory setting Use of SST2 receive data 554 1001 or i002 6001 ON OFF1 555 1001 or i002 6001 not OFF2 with the fault state for the 12 pulse master or when no 12 pulse mode is selected on the 12 pulse master see 583 1001 or i002 OFF2 is signaled 561 1001 or i002 6001 Run enable the 12 pulse slave only receives the run enable when the 12 pulse master is in the run state 566 1001 or i002 6001 RESET Source 2 for reset this facilitates an external reset from the master 572 1001 or i002 6001 REGEN ENABLE to facilitate e g Ud reduction 486 1001 or i002 6002 2nd receive data item 15 the setpoint current Definition of the unit as a 12 pulse unit 583 1001 or i002 1 12 pulse mode is selected Definition of the unit as a master or slave 587 1001 or 1002 1 slave Special functions P354 0 Earth short circuit test deactivated when the unit is supplied by a non earthed supply e g from the delta winding of the
145. ctifier regenerating unit is suitable for connecting several inverters to a common DC bus This permits the exchange of energy between motoring and generating drives and thus saves energy Once the DC link capacitors have been precharged the inverters are ready for operation The rectifier regenerating unit is controlled from an operator panel which is in the door of the unit for size C and on the electronics box for sizes E H and K The operator can also control the unit over a terminal block or through a serial interface Optional interfaces and intelligent I O modules are available in conjunction with programmable controllers and other automation equipment for controlling the rectifier regenerating units Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 1 1 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Description 12 95 1 2 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 96 Transport Unpacking and Assembly 2 Transport Unpacking and Assembly 2 1 Transport and unpacking The units are packed at the manufacturing works A product packaging label is attached to the box Avoid extreme vibrations and hard impacts during transport e g when lowering the unit Pay attention to the notes on the packaging relating to transport storage and proper handling The converter can be installed after unpacking it and checking the consignment for completeness and damage The packaging consists of cardboard and corr
146. ctions 12 95 Start Up 4 3 1 1 2 Overview of the control word control word 1 and control word 2 PMU Display Control word 1 parameter r550 967 5 Source selection JON OF Ft stop Priority OFF 2 1 554 Operating condition OFF2 electrical 3 sources simultaneously effective P555 Priority OFF 2 1 P556 3 Operating condition Inhibitoperation Firing pulse enable 8561 C RD MON lt 5 J e ares Acknowledge Simultaneously effective from 3 P565 sources and PMU P566 Positive edge evaluation P567 18 Inching 1 ON Inching 1 OFF Same effect as ON OFF1 P568 1 9 Inching 2 ON Inching 2 OFF Same effect as ON OFF1 P569 1 10 Control from the PLC No control Only effective via TB SST1 SST SCB 11 Ud reduction requested __ Ud reduction inactive ea e a e O feen 13 No fault 3 Fautt CL 573 15 fault externalit Fault externi P575 30 28 26 24 23 21 19 17 22 20 18 el PMU Display Control word 2 visualization parameter r551 Low Comments Source selection 2 Fa SE RDS reserve data set bit 0 LSB Logic operation with bit 19 P578 1 RDS reserve data set bit 1 MSB Logic operation with bit 18 P579 1 23 12 pulse mode selecte
147. d Index range 1 to 116 As special function the value of i116 is the number of the parameter which contains the next following part of the list If i116 has a value of 0 then there are no more parts of the list PNU 3DEHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 PNU Lst 2 chnged List of the changed parameter numbers part 2 See r990 PNU 3DFHex 02 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions See Modify access status 5 43 Parameter List 12 95 5 44 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Operator Control 6 Operator control The rectifier regenerating unit can be controlled via the PMU Parameterization Unit on the CUR module the control terminal strip on the CUR Section 3 3 Control terminal strip the OP1 operator control panel Section 9 4 Options Operator control the 5571 serial interface RS485 and RS232 on PMU X300 the optional SST2 serial interface RS485 for peer to peer coupling Operator control using the PMU see diagram below is described in this section Seven segment displays Reversing key p Raise key On key Changeover key operator control level Off key Lower key PIV X300 Figure 6 1 Parameterization unit 6 1 Operator control elements Rectifier regenerating unit switch on standard
148. d __ 12 P5881 j ee 26 Nofault external2 ___ 28 No alam extemal ____ 0688 25 No alam extemal Aem etema 599 30 Reserve setting for Basic setting for setpoints P590 setpoints and control word and control word 31 HS checkback signal No HS checkback signal Can only connected at the converter P591 term strip or SCB This bit has a different meaning for the rectifier regenerating unit as for the converter Siemens 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 4 13 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 12 95 4 3 1 1 3 Selecting the source for control word 1 bit 0 7 9 5 eS _ Selection P basic setting 555125571 NAME 555 Selection reserve setting 554 2 555 to 557 2 561 2 565 to 567 2 Vaie Source NN EE NEM NEM oon UO ull dd ER x 1002 CUR 2 1 xRforsss 1003 BE3 X10111 x J x xR for 565 1004 BE4 10112 __ 1005 CUR BES x 1010 le Word1 a Word4 OPTIONS a CB TB Wort 004 GB TB Word ml Fm EN A1 4101 SCI 1 and 2 Slave 1 BE1 x x x Ex Consecutively to BE10 4111 only SCI 2 Slave 1 BE11 X BE12 ene ME lt x NEN ES E ee 4201 SCliand2 Slave
149. d frequency rated current Rated voltage Rectifier connection 660 to 690 V three phase AC 15 96 Regenerative connection using an auto transformer 1 2 times the voltage of the rectifier connection DC link voltage 890 to 930 V DC 15 96 Rated frequency fn Input 46 to 64 automatic frequency matching Output Rated current rms value With autotransformer Regenerating line side Regenerating unit side Rectifier operation Without autotransformer Regenerating unit side Rectifier operation Load class I to EN 60146 1 1 of the DC link current value in rectifier operation currents reduced to 92 in regenerative operation Rated current 1023 1285 1464 1880 average DC link connection Rectifier operation in rectifier notation currents reduced to 92 in regenerative operation Baseloadduraon __ 2 S O O O Excesscuren 1057 1396 1754 1998 2566 _ Excess currentauration s OS Losses cooling ccu S Maximum Sound pressure level dimensions wa Sound pressure level 50 Hz dB A 60 Hz a Bs io 800 1400 1725 1725 1725 551 550 550 550 Wegrap vs ws 4 49 eo Parallel units 1ADO of size K for connecting in parallel have the same technical data as the corresponding basic units 1 0 Please note the unit correspondence and notes of Section 3 7 The permissible output current in parallel mode is reduced due to current division between the pow
150. d with an L signal After the command has been accepted The operating status is retained An alarm message A015 is output also refer to Section 7 Fault and Alarm Messages Bit 29 Alarm external 2 command L Alarm external 2 The command is executed with an L signal After the command has been accepted The operating status is retained An alarm message A015 is output also refer to Section 7 Fault and Alarm Messages Bit 30 Selection basic reserve setting command L Basic setting H Reserve setting The command activates the BASIC SETTING with an L signal and the RESERVE SETTING with an H signal After the command has been accepted The parameter settings of the basic or reserve setting for the control word itself the setpoint channel and the closed loop control are activated see Data sets in Section 4 1 2 and Selecting the data sets in Section 4 4 Bit 31 Main contactor checkback signal command H Main contactor checkback signal This command permits you to include an auxiliary contact of the main contactor in the unit control circuit an H signal implies that the main contactor has picked up After the command has been accepted An operating status gt 9010 is permitted 4 22 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up 4 3 1 2 Status word status word 1 and status word 2 4 3 1 2 1 Introduction and application example Status words 1
151. ds on the protective devices provided on the system side NH fuses or circuit breakers To ensure that the forces and temperatures that result from short circuits of this type can be kept within acceptable limits for the units the following values calculated in accordance with DIN VDE 0660 Part 500 must be complied with by the supply and by the fuses or circuit breakers connected before the unit Size H Rated short time withstand current lew 27 86 1s or low 88 1 0 15 Rated surge withstand current Ink 85 The power rails must be mechanically buffered to absorb the short circuit forces directly in front of their entry point into the unit Size K Rated short time withstand current lew 69 86 15 or 220 0 15 Rated surge withstand current Ink 85 kA The power rails must be mechanically buffered to absorb the short circuit forces directly in front of their entry point into the unit 3 3 Control terminal block and serial interface WARNING The rectifier regenerating unit must be isolated before connecting the control leads to the CUR You can control the rectifier regenerating unit over the following interfaces Control terminal block on the CUR electronic module RS 485 serial interface on the CUR electronic module Operator panel OP 1 see Chapter 9 Options RS485 and RS232 serial interface on the PMU X300 CAUTION The CUR incorporates ESD endangered components that may be
152. e code wrong SCB not compatible Wrong initialization data Timeout when initializing Error in the configuration channel Rectifier Regenerating Unit Possible causes Countermeasures Carry out circuit identification 052 21 As the inverter step limit P776 with respect to the commutation duration depending on value of the network has an upper limit P318 has to be set lower or Ug reduction has to be activated via P571if it is not currently active The following must apply USupply reg P318 lt 100 cosP776 USupply rect or if operating without Ug reduction USupply reg 100 lt 10096 cosP776 USupply rect P318 has to be set lower or Ug reduction has to be activated via 571 it is not currently active The following must apply Usupply regenerating P318 lt 87 6296 USupply rectifier or if operating without Ug reduction USupply regenerating 100 lt 87 62 USupply rectifier Cable break Fault in the USS master Cable break Plug in the SCB Check the SCB and or replace it Correct the initialization data Replace the SCB Check the connection between the module rack and the option module Check the connection between the signal source and the SCI1 module slave 1 X428 4 5 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Operating Instructions Fault and Alarm Messages Fault value Fault description 51
153. e in operating state 9009 or less give SWITCH OFF Select circuit identification 052 21 Press the P key on the PMU Switch on Press the key on the PMU Circuit identification takes place takes about 10 s Following circuit identification the operating display is activated error occurs during circuit identification the identification process must be repeated error value r949 assigned to error memory 947 can provide more information on the cause of error if the error in index i009 has been reset see Sections 5 16 and 7 1 Change factory setting for Command and setpoint sources Destinations for signals and actual values Process data refer to Section 4 3 1 Control word commands status word messages Setpoint actual values Possible process data sources destinations refer to Sections 4 3 2 to 4 3 6 Binary inputs binary outputs Analog inputs Serial interface in the basic unit SST1 Option boards SCB CB TB Simple applications refer to Section 4 2 5 Possible functions WEA Parameterize functions Refer to Section 4 3 10 Functions and Section 5 Parameter list Documenting the settings Select the Display modified parameters function 52 22 Note Function can only be used with operator control via the PMU Enter the values of the modified i e system specific parameters in the logbook Chapter 12 Select the Return funct
154. e master Reconnection of the 12 pulse slave unit during operation of the master If 12 pulse operation of a 12 pulse slave unit is required to be reinstated following an interruption of the Peer to Peer interface cable without error message and during stand alone 6 pulse operation of the master unit the Peer to Peer telegram failure monitoring time also has to be switched off via P687 i003 0 on the 12 pulse slave unit e Changeover of the 12 pulse slave unit to stand alone 6 pulse mode in the event of failure of the 12 pulse master unit In the event of failure of the master unit during 12 pulse mode it is possible for the 12 pulse slave unit to change over to stand alone 6 pulse mode almost without interruption because all external control commands that are wired to the terminals of the master unit e g ON command are also carried to the terminals of the 12 pulse slave unit Externally implemented logic must ensure that in the event of failure of the master unit the 12 pulse slave is switched from the basic to the reserve setting The 12 pulse slave must be parameterized appropriately in the reserve setting to facilitate stand alone 6 pulse mode with external control The Peer to Peer telegram failure monitoring time also has to be switched off via P687 i003 0 in this case Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 3 59 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Connection 12 95 Note With the parameterization P687
155. e parameterization of index i002 of the Source selection parameters P554 P555 itis also possible to issue the switch on command for circuit identification on the slave unit on site via the PMU or OP1 Setting additional functions If required activate the auto restart via P366 2 on the master and on the slave unit This will be effective in the event of failure of the electronics supply voltage provided that the Peer to Peer telegram failure monitoring time has been switched off via P687 i003 0 3 8 6 Redundancy mode If both rectifier regenerating units are rated such that each separate unit is capable of carrying the full load current the following possibilities are available with respect to redundant operation e Uninterrupted changeover of the 12 pulse master unit to stand alone 6 pulse mode in the event of failure of the 12 pulse slave unit during 12 pulse mode If the 12 pulse master is required to continue to run in normal stand alone 6 pulse mode in the event of failure of the 12 pulse slave unit without interruption External fault 3 must not be wired to the Peer to Peer interface but instead the parameterization P573 1001 or 1002 1 is required on the 12 pulse master If the master unit is also required to continue to run without an interruption in the event of failure of the Peer to Peer interface cable the Peer to Peer telegram failure monitoring time also has to be switched off via P687 i003 0 on th
156. e power sections of the 12 pulse master and the 12 pulse slave from galvanically isolated 3 phase AC systems e Decoupled supplies i e commutating reactors after the 12 pulse transformer or 12 pulse transformer with sufficiently large secondary leakage inductances or sufficiently large value between secondary winding 1 and secondary winding 2 e Identical inductances in the 12 pulse master and 12 pulse slave power section branches Identical voltage levels at the 12 pulse master and 12 pulse slave otherwise with a control angle of 0 degrees this will cause unequal current division with a control angle of 0 degrees closed loop control is not possible the unit with the higher voltage level carries more current e With Ud reduction current asymmetry as a result of a control angle of 0 degrees and differing voltage levels can be prevented or considerably reduced e An output reactor must not be used in the DC link 3 52 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Connection Recommended power section configurations Note It is of no consequence whether the 12 pulse master or 12 pulse slave is supplied by the delta winding of the 12 pulse transformer It is only important that a phase offset of 30 degrees is present between the two galvanically isolated supplies In contrast to the following configuration examples the 12 pulse master and 12 pulse slave can also
157. e start at b P051 3 Access stage Expert mode to permit access to 77 P052 2 Select Initialize function to modify 077 P key The operating display appears 000 P077 Select the required P077 dependent parameter set in accordance with the above table P052 0 Terminate the function Initialize P key The operating display appears Then continue with b b Start of the procedure when a normal factory setting is required U P052 1 Function selection Generate factory setting The operating display appears 001 and the following parameters can be re assigned Factory setting for all parameters according to the parameter list in Chapter 5 also the board configuration PO90 P091 taking 77 into account Data of the rectifier regenerating unit from the MLFB 070 P071 Rated voltage at the input of the rectifier bridge P075 Rated DC current P076 Configuration of the power section The operating display Switch on inhibit 008 or Ready to switch on 009 appears after the factory setting has been completed 4 36 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up 4 3 9 2 Initialization MLFB setting 52 2 This function is used to change the rectifier regenerating unit MLFB type setting The parameters 071 P075 and P076 are only set dependent on the new MLFB when changing MLFB Initialization can be s
158. e within a year of being delivered factory number rating plate it is not necessary to re form the DC link capacitors For more details on this subject please refer to Section 4 3 12 of the converter s operating instructions The DC link capacitors are formed as described below The Form DC link function can be selected in the Ready to switch on status 009 Procedure P408 Set the forming time 1 0 to 600 0 minutes see Section 4 3 12 of the converter s operating instructions P052 20 Select Form DC link function The operating display appears The rectifier regenerating unit must be switched on within 20 s otherwise message F091 fault value 4 appears U Switch on the rectifier regenerating unit The firing pulses are enabled the rectifier regenerating unit carries current and the DC link is charged During the forming procedure the connected SIMOVERT Master Drives FC VC SC must not be switched on U Forming of the DC link takes place duration as set with P406 While the forming time P408 is running the control angle is reduced linearly from 120 degrees to 30 degrees and the DC link capacitor is charged up to the peak value of rectifier supply voltage If DC link voltage reduction is selected control word 1 bit 11 P571 the forming procedure will be completed on reaching a DC link voltage of P318 rectifier network peak value During the forming procedure the current limit set at P160 is not
159. ectification Sacr Regeneration Autotransformer Parallel unit ac Rectification Reactor Reactor Regeneration PETS Parallel unit Rectification Regeneration Reactor 12 pulse transformer DC link 12 pulse slave Rectification R r Sacto BE Parallel unit Rectification Regeneration Reactor Autotransformer Parallel unit Rectification Regeneration Reactor Autotransformer Figure 3 41 Example of a configuration for 12 pulse mode and parallel connection of units of size K to obtain the maximum output current 3 8 3 Parameterization for 12 pulse mode In this application two 6SE70 units rectifier regenerating units are coupled via the SST2 serial interface optional RS485 interface PTP1 using Peer to Peer protocol One unit is parameterized as a 12 pulse master and one is parameterized as a 12 pulse slave Selection of the basic or reserve setting index i001 or i002 of the appropriate Source selection parameter P554 P555 is described in Section 4 1 2 3 54 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Connection 12 master 6SE70 unit Function Controls the DC link voltage and provides the setpoint current for the 12 pulse slave unit via the SST2 interface and control commands and receives control commands P051 3 Access level Expert mode SST2 i
160. ectifier fuse defective No inverter connected One of the thyristors is not firing Different current ripple in the rectifier regenerating unit and parallel power section due to different commutating reactors Cable connection between the rectifier regenerating unit and a parallel power section is interrupted or faulted There is an External fault 1 signal at the selected binary input P575 source for Ext fault 1 The line to the corresponding binary input is interrupted There is an External fault 2 signal at the selected binary input P586 source for Ext fault 2 The line to the corresponding binary input is interrupted There is an External fault 3 signal at the selected binary input P573 source for Ext fault 3 The line to the corresponding binary input is interrupted Software has been replaced Excessive interference e g by contactors without RC elements unshielded cables faulty shielding connections Countermeasures Acknowledge the fault Check EMC measures Set MLFB Section 4 3 9 2 Establish factory setting Section 4 3 9 1 Repeat system start up Section 4 2 3 Hardware defect Severe EMC noise Countermeasures Replace the CUR module Check EMC measures Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Fault and Alarm Messages Fault No Fault description Fault Meaning Possible causes value Buffer OFlow Inter
161. ed current rms value With autotransformer Regenerating line side Regenerating unit side Rectifier operation Without autotransformer Regenerating unit side Rectifier operation Load class 110 EN 60146 1 1 of the DC link current GERE value in rectifier operation currents reduced to 92 in regenerative operation Rated current 1023 1333 1780 average DC link connection Rectifier operation in rectifier currents reduced 92 regenerative operation Baseloadduraon Excesscurent nar 1896 1820 sess ___ 69 Losses cooling Power dissipation Maximum Sound pressure level dimensions waa Sound pressure level 50 Hz dB A 60 Hz 508 B0 1400 1725 551 550 Wegrap vs vs e Parallel units 1ADO of size for connecting in parallel have the same technical data as the corresponding basic units 1AAO0 Please note the unit correspondence and notes of Section 3 7 The permissible output current in parallel mode is reduced due to current division between the power sections by 10 as compared to the sum of the rated currents of the separate power sections 1 3AC 208 to 230V Input voltage see Chapter 1 Description 14 4 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Technical Data R R unit 1AA0 22 7FC85 24 1FC85 27 2FC85 28 8FC85 Rated voltage rated frequency rated curren
162. effective U When this function has been completed the Ready to switch on display 009 appears 4 42 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up 4 3 9 7 Circuit identification 52 21 This function identifies the DC link and the supply and re assigns certain control parameters Specific closed loop control parameters are re assigned in connection with this function Only the parameters of the reserve data sets currently selected are modified see Data sets in Section 4 1 2 and Selecting the data sets in Section 4 4 NOTE Circuit identification i e automatic setting of the appropriate parameters must be carried out otherwise error message F061 will be generated when the unit is switched on While circuit identification is being carried out the constellation of supply and reactor and autotransformer arrangement as well as the capacitive load connected to the DC link terminals of the rectifier regenerating unit must be identical to the constellation for normal operation later The main reason being that the Ud controller gain that is set depends on the measured intermediate circuit capacitance If more than one inverter of the series SIMOVERT Master Drives 6SE70 are to be operated with the rectifier regenerating unit whereby the number of inverters connected to the DC link at any one time varies it is recommended that reserve data set selection is implemented Up
163. egenerative connection using an auto transformer 1 2 times the voltage of the rectifier connection DC link voltage 675 to 780 V DC 15 96 Rated frequency fn Input 46 to 64 automatic frequency matching Output Rated current rms value With autotransformer Regenerating line side Regenerating unit side Rectifier operation Without autotransformer Regenerating unit side Rectifier operation Load class 110 EN 60146 1 1 of the DC link current value in rectifier operation currents reduced to 92 in regenerative operation Rated current 1023 1285 1464 1880 average DC link connection Rectifier operation in rectifier notation currents reduced to 92 in regenerative operation u a Base load duration s Excesscuren 1057 1906 1754 1998 256 _ Excess currentauration s Losses cooling Ee ee Maximum Sound pressure level dimensions waa Sound pressure level 50 Hz dB A 60 Hz Bs B 800 1400 1725 1725 1725 551 550 550 550 vs ws 4 ao 4 _ Parallel units 1 ADO of size for connecting in parallel have the same technical data as the corresponding basic units 1 0 Please note the unit correspondence and notes of Section 3 7 The permissible output current in parallel mode is reduced due to current division between the power sections by 10 as compared to the sum of the rated currents of the separate power sections Sie
164. elected in the following statuses Switch on inhibit 008 Ready to switch on 009 or Fault 007 Procedure 51 3 Access stage Expert mode to permit access to P070 P052 2 Function selection Initialization 70 Specification of the number of the MLFB of the rectifier regenerating unit rating plate data on the unit according to the table at the end of this Section P052 0 Terminate the function Initialize P key The operating display appears and once the MLFB has been modified the following parameters are reassigned in accordance with the MLFB P071 Rated voltage at the input to the rectifier bridge P075 Rated DC current P076 Only the ones position is modified Ones position 2 when rectifier and regenerating mode is possible Ones position 1 when only rectifier mode is possible only set when P070 gt 101 U The operating display Switch on inhibit 008 or Ready to switch on 009 appears after Initialization has been completed MLFB table see next page Brief description of the table columns PWE Parameter value to be entered at initialization PMU P070 MLFB Machine readable product designation see rating plate Rated DC current P075 U KI Voltage class voltage range BF Type of construction Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 4 37 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up MLFB table PWE MLFB U KI Pe foe s e 6SE7024 1EC85 1A
165. em voltage Line Voltage 11 Ready for operation Ready Oper 12 Ground fault test GrndFitTest 14 R R unit is in operation Operation 15 Ramp generator decelerating OFF1 OFF 1 18 Circuit identification or forming Circuit ID 21 Download of parameter settings Download 9333999999222 PNU 1Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 DC Bus Volts 0 to 1000 Actual DC link voltage PNU 6Hex Type l2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 V 0 100 4 0 to 16384V Base Reserve 0 to 1 Base reserve settings of the process data wiring for control word bits 0 Base setting 1 Reserve setting PNU 0CHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Operat Hours Display of operating hours with firing pulses enabled Run status All times gt about 0 1s are taken into account i001 days 0 9999 i002 hours 0 24 d i003 seconds 0 3600 h 5 The operating hours counter r013 is set to 0 when the factory setting is established P052 1 PNU 0DHex 02 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 Rectifier Volts 0 0 to 1000 0 V Display of the system voltage at the rectifier bridge phase W U PNU 1EHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 1 V 0 100 4 0 to 1638 4V Inverter Volts 0 0 to 1000 0 2 V Display of the system voltage at the regenerative bridge average value of the three phases PNU 1FHex 2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 1 V 0 100 4 0 to 1638 4V 5 4 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 2 UHABR 2 BR 2
166. ens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 0 9 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Definitions 11 94 0 10 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Description 1 Description 1 1 Application The rectifier regenerating units of the SIMOVERT Master Drives 6SE70 series are power electronics devices for supplying the DC voltage to the SIMOVERT Master Drives 6SEE70 series of inverters The rectifier regenerating units convert the voltage of a three phase system into a fixed DC voltage depending on the operating mode and voltage tolerance This voltage is kept constant within a specified range even when the inverter is feeding power back into the system The following voltages are specified for the DC voltage output DC link voltage DC 280V to 310V 15 at AC system input voltage 208 to 230V 15 DC 510V to 620V 15 at AC system input voltage 380 to 460 V 15 DC 675V to 780V 15 at AC system input voltage 500 to 575V 15 DC 890V to 930V 15 at AC system input voltage 660 to 690V 15 The units with system input voltages of 208 to 230V are identical to the units with system input voltage of 380 to 460V You only have to set the P071 to the corresponding system input voltage You can connect one or more inverters to the output The total of the rated currents of the installed inverters may then exceed the rated current of the rectifier regenerating unit When planning your system however
167. ent display Output with correct sign signed positive voltage motoring current negative voltage regenerative current Output absolute value positive voltage only Signed output inverted positive voltage motoring current negative voltage regenerative current Output of absolute value inverted negative voltage only absoluteVal inverted inv absVal PNU 292Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 5 27 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Parameter List 12 95 PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status SCI AnaloginConf Configuration of the SCI analog inputs defines the kind of the input signals Parameter values Terminals Terminals X428 3 6 9 X428 5 8 11 0 10 10V 20 20 mA 1 OV 10V mA 20 mA 2 4 20 mA Notes Only one signal can be wired per input alternatively voltage or current signals can be evaluated Voltage and current signals must be connected to different terminals Settings 1 and 2 only allow unipolar signals i e the internal process data are also unipolar At setting 2 an input current lt 2 mA causes a fault trip broken wire proof The offset scaling of the analog inputs is done via P662 1001 11 Slave 1 analog input 1 1002 12 Slave 1 analog input 2 1003 513 Slave 1 analog input
168. er the problem has been corrected before it is possible to return to a normal operating state A current fault message or alarm can be moved into the background by pressing the T keys on the PMU simultaneously in order to parameterize or to read the fault value r949 001 Via the optional operator panel OP1 in spite of an active fault message or alarm it is still possible to parameterize If no key is pressed on the PMU for 30 s the fault message which was moved into the background or active alarm appears automatically on the PMU The message can be brought back into the foreground by simultaneously pressing the P keys on the PMU at the parameter number level 7 1 Fault messages General information on faults The following information is available for each fault Parameter r947 Fault number r949 Fault value r951 Fault text list P952 Number of faults r748 Time of fault For detailed information on the organization of the fault memory see r947 in Section 5 16 If a fault message is not acknowledged before the electronics power supply is switched off this fault message will appear again the next time the power supply is switched on The unit will not start up unless this message is acknowledged except if auto restart has been selected see under P366 and Section 4 3 10 1 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 7 1 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Fault and Alarm Messages 12 95 Fault description Faul
169. er sections by 10 as compared to the sum of the rated currents of the separate power sections Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 14 9 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Technical Data 12 95 14 1 Power reduction at increased coolant temperature The rated current must be reduced according to Figure 14 2 for cooling medium temperatures exceeding 40 C Cooling medium temperatures gt 50 C are not permissible permissible rated current 100 90 80 19 42 70 60 gt Coolant temperature 10 20 30 40 50 Figure 14 2 Maximum permitted rated current depending on coolant temperature 14 2 Power reduction at altitudes gt 1000m above MSL The rated current must be reduced as shown in Figure 14 3 in the event of installation altitudes gt 1000 m above mean sea level Installation altitudes gt 2000 m above MSL please enquire permissible rated current permissible rated voltage in 96 in 96 100 100 90 90 80 80 70 70 60 60 gt gt 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 Installation altitude Installation altitude m above sea level m above sea level Figure 14 3 Maximum values for rated current and rated voltage depending on installation altitude 14 10 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 14 3 D
170. erating Unit Operating instructions Connection 12 96 Electronics terminals Function Terminal Connected loads Description Serial interface RS485P Plus line Send and receive RS485 Bus RS485N Minus line line RS485P Plus line difference input output RS485N Minus line Signal frame For functions see Section 4 3 6 1 Binary inputs P24S 24V power supply for external contacts max load 100mA Frame for binary signals Frame for binary signals Binary input 1 Binary input 2 Binary input 3 Binary input 4 Binary input 5 Low level 0 6V 3V or floating terminals High level 13V 33V Input current at 24V ca 10mA For functions see Section 4 3 2 Analog outputs X102 14 Analog output resolution 8 bits For functions see Section 4 3 5 X102 15 Frame for analog outputs X102 16 Actual current value OV 5V corresponds to OA rated DC current Display range 0 10V max 5mA load current limited Binary outputs X104 17 Binary output 1 pin 1 X104 18 Binary output 1 pin 2 X104 19 Binary output 2 pin 1 X104 20 Binary output 2 pin 2 The binary outputs are normally open relay contacts At 50V AC max switching voltage the following applies Max switching current 1A at p f 1 Max switching current 0 12A AC at p f 0 4 At max 30V DC switching voltage the following applies Max switching current 0 8A resistive loads For functions see Section 4 3 3 and 4 3 1 2 status word Table 3 9 Contro
171. erminals of the current transformers are open The parallel unit must not be operated otherwise the current transformers of the parallel unit can be damaged by currents from the snubber RC network Non compliance may result in the destruction of the current transformer of a parallel unit Parameterization Parameter 076 configuration of the power section P076 1 1 parallel unit is connected in parallel with the basic unit P076 2 2 parallel units are connected in parallel with the basic unit With the parameterization PO76 0x a connected parallel unit still receives firing pulses and carries current it is only the monitoring for current asymmetry over current or under current in the parallel power section as compared to the current in the basic unit F034 that is not active The results of the thyristor test selected via P353 are only conditionally applicable when units are connected in parallel Start up The start up procedure is exactly the same as in the case of a single basic unit The final cabling parallel connection of the power sections and coupling via the 50 core ribbon cable must however already exist because the parallel units also carry current during circuit identification Note In the case of 1 or 2 parallel units connected in parallel the value of parameter P144 DC link capacitance only represents a half or 1 3 of the actual DC link capacitance because parameter P075 for
172. erter must not be greater than 450 deg Frequency of the regenerative bridge lt 45Hz Frequency of the rectifier bridge lt 45Hz Frequency of the regenerative bridge gt 65Hz Frequency of the rectifier bridge gt 65Hz Electronics supply voltage of the rectifier regenerating unit too low Power interface module of the rectifier regenerating unit or parallel power section reports Power supply faulted Voltage failure in the rectifier bridge X1 U1 L1 X1 V1 L2 or X1 W1 L3 Waiting time in status 9010 elapsed Check P591 Q HS checkback signal The parameter value must match the main contactor checkback signal connection Check the main contactor checkback signal circuit Line overvoltage 071 set to wrong value Line undervoltage Monitoring too finely or wrongly set 74 071 Line frequency lt 45Hz or gt 65Hz Check electronics power supply Power supply fuse for parallel units blown Internal fault on the power interface module of a slave unit Parameter 74 wrongly set Phase failure in the rectifier bridge Line contactor dropped out in operation Fuse blown on three phase side of rectifier bridge Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Fault and Alarm Messages Fault Fault description Fault Meaning Possible causes No value Countermeasures Inv PhaseFilt Phase failure in regenerative
173. eset factory settings After this the parameter is reset to 1 1 no parameter reset Return Note This function can also be selected via P052 1 PNU 3CAHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 5 42 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List PNU Par Conf OP1 parameter name Value range Display phys unit Indices Description Selection text Factory setting EEPROM Storing Passing of the parameter values of the RAM to the EEPROM on a change from 0 auf 1 It takes about 15s to process all of the values During this time the PMU stays in the Values mode PNU 3CBHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 PNU Lst 1 avail List of the available parameter numbers part 1 The parameter numbers are listed in a positive sequence The first existing 0 shows that no more parameter numbers are available Index range 1 to 116 As special function the value of i116 is the number of the parameter which contains the next following part of the list If i116 has a value of 0 then there are no more parts of the list PNU 3D4Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 PNU Lst 2 avail List of the available parameter numbers part 2 See r980 PNU 3D5Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 PNU Lst 1 chnged List of the changed parameter numbers part 1 The parameter numbers are listed in a positive sequence The first existing 0 shows that no more parameter numbers are change
174. et when circuit identification takes place P052 21 RDS parameter PNU 71Hex 2 Scaling 1Hex 0 01 DC Bus Capacit Capacitance of the DC link This parameter is automatically set when circuit identification takes place P052 21 RDS parameter PNU 72Hex 2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 01 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 0 000 to 32 767 0 0 00 10 327 67 4 3 mH 0 00 3 BR 0 000 to 32 767 0 0 00 10 327 67 mH 0 00 to 327 67 mF Parameter List 12 95 PNU Conf Par OP1 parameter name Description Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Selection text Factory access setting status 5 7 5 12 Control Control Status Status word of the control Pref Pio of o Meaning of the individual segments 3 Rectifier current limit reached 4 Rectifier stability limit reached 11 Regerating current limit reached 12 Inverter stability limit reached Segment bright corresponding limit reached Segment dark corresponding limit not reached PNU 96Hex Type V2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 Motor Curr Limit Motoring current limit The rectifier current is limited to the value set here RDS parameter PNU 0A0Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 1 Regen Curr Limit Generating current limit The regenerating current is limited to the value set here RDS parameter
175. eter Factory setting Start up setting Start up setting designation change No P773 Deadband Convert i001 0 01 i002 0 01 i003 0 01 i004 0 01 P774 Deadband Invert i001 3 00 i002 3 00 i003 3 00 i004 3 00 Min Gating Angle P776 Max Gating Angle i001 150 i002 150 i003 150 i004 150 P777 Max Gating Angle i001 20 00 Ramp i002 20 00 i003 20 00 i004 20 00 P785 121 Control Word P927 Parameter Access P928 Src Base Reserve P952 of Faults P971 EEPROM Storing Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 12 9 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Logbook 12 95 No Date time Name department Fault and diagnostic Measures messages 12 10 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 94 Environmental Compatibility 13 Environmental Compatibility Environmental aspects during development The number of parts has been reduced substantially by the use of highly integrated components and by a modular structure of the complete converter series This reduces energy consumption during production Particular attention was paid to reducing volume mass and type diversity of the metal and plastic parts Plastic parts used ABS Front cover Fan grille fan cover Size C PMU support PP Hinge Insulating plate Handle Bus retrofit PC Size E Protection against accidental contact 20 enclosure Insulation of customer connections Plastic part of fan box
176. eters on the PMU Actual value Parameter value not yet possible i r1 nn BEEN 205 ____ Dee Table 6 3 Status display on the PMU NOTE The parameters are described in Chapter 5 and the fault and alarm messages are described in Chapter 7 Once the electronics supply voltage has been switched on either the PMU operating display shows the current operating state of the rectifier regenerating unit e g 0009 or a fault or alarm message is displayed e g 060 The operating states are described in Section 5 1 and the fault and alarm messages are described in Sections 7 1 and 7 2 As described in Section 6 3 Figures 6 2 and 6 3 it is possible to change over from one display level to another By pressing lt P gt it is possible to change from the status display e g 0009 to the parameter number level in which the separate parameters can be selected lt raise gt or lt lower gt The selected access level 51 and the operating state r000 r001 determine here which parameters are displayed All parameters not always visible see Chapter 5 overview of the abbreviations footnotes 5 to 8 Pressing P again switches to the index level for indexed parameters see Section 4 1 2 but directly to the parameter value level for all other parameters and the index or the value can be modified via raise and lower The same conditions apply for changing a parameter value as were described for the parameter num
177. f Description Selection text Factory access Bar setting status Warning Param 5 3 BR Warning Parameter 5 If a warning numbers 65 to 80 is active the related segment in the display is ON 57 Pr 7 l Pal sz 5s PNU 3BDHex Type V2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Warning Param 6 3 BR Warning Parameter 6 CB warnings If a warning numbers 80 to 96 is active the related segment in the display is ON Poss Pos Por sl s l s PNU 3BEHex Type V2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Warning Param 7 3 BR Warning Parameter 6 TB warnings 1 If a warning numbers 97 to 112 is active the related segment in the display is ON MT os 103 101 11 ll PNU 3BFHex Type V2 Scaling 1 2 1 E Warning Parameter 6 TB warnings 2 If a warning numbers 113 to 128 is active the related segment in the display is ON 28 1 28 Pool 2 pt 120 118 116 Ir l 119 1171 1 115 113 PNU 3C0Hex Type V2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Control Word 1 2 BR Display parameter of control word 1 bit 0 15 Identical with r550 control word 1 PNU 3C7Hex Type V2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Status Word 1 2 BR Display parameter of status word 1 bit 0 15 Identical with r552 status word 1 PNU 3C8Hex Type V2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Factory Settings 3 B 1 3 Parameter reset to factory settings 0 Parameter reset all parameters are reset to their original values Param R
178. f error telegrams i003 Ferr Number of byte frame errors i004 Orun Number of overrun errors i005 Prty Parity error i006 STX STX error i007 ETX ETX error i008 BCC Block check error i009 L KL USS Peer to Peer incorrect telegram length SCI modules required maximum number of terminals according to process data wiring P554 to P631 i010 T An USS Timeout SCI Modules required analog inputs outputs according to process data wiring of the setpoint channel and actual value output via SCI P664 i011 PCB code word 0 1012 1 PCB code word 1 i013 Warn SCB DPR warning word 1014 512 Information if slave 1 needed and if yes which type 0 slave needed 1 SCI1 2 SCI2 1015 12 Information if slave 2 needed and if yes which type 0 slave needed 1 SCI1 2 SCI2 1016 IniF with modules initialization fault PNU 2DAHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 CB TB Diagnostics For detailed information see manuals of the used communication boards CB or technology boards TB PNU 2DBHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Fault Time The instants at which faults occur reading of the hours counter r013 at the instant the fault occurs See parameter r947 for details Trip description by r947 Fault number r949 Fault value r951 List of fault texts P952 Number of faults PNU 2ECHex Type 02 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 5 36 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95
179. g message appears periodically as A Alarm Warning and a three digit in the display of the PMU A warning cannot be acknowledged It extinguishes automatically when the cause of the warning is eliminated Several messages may occur at the same time in which case they appear one after the other in the display If the rectifier regenerating unit is operated with the OP1 operator panel the warning appears in the bottom line of the display The red LED starts blinking first see the operating instructions for the OP1 Description ext Warn 1 Parameter programmable external warning input 1 has been activated ext Warn 2 Parameter programmable external warning input 1 has been activated Heatsk Temp The heat sink temperature is gt 90 C Warning The value of the power section is too high The warning is triggered when 90 of the permissible 12 value is reached See also under fault F022 and parameter P785 The permissible 124 value is reached at the maximum permissible load cycle see Section 14 Figure 14 1 7 10 Countermeasures External warning arrived Check whether the line to the relevant binary input is interrupted Check parameter P588 Src No Ext Warn 1 See also Section 4 3 2 External warning arrived Check whether the line to the relevant binary input is interrupted Check parameter P589 Src No Ext Warn 2 See also Section 4 3 2 Check r011 Heat sink temperature Measure inlet air and or am
180. he status of the relay contact at terminals 9 4 5 with which a main contactor can be driven 4 26 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up Bit 13 Message Ud reduced H An H signal indicates that the DC link voltage has been reduced below the following value P318 2 1 35 U 1 35 P071 Supply rectifier 100 100 signal changes from H to L when the DC link voltage exceeds the following threshold P318 2 P319 Supply rectifier 100 100 135 4 135 P071 The L signal is also output provided that in control word 1 bit 11 0 Ud reduction not requested Bit 14 Message Motoring mode H An H signal indicates that the rectifier bridge is carrying current or is ready to carry current or that neither the rectifier nor the regenerating bridge is carrying current Message Generating mode L An L signal indicates that the regenerative bridge is carrying current or is ready to carry current or that neither the rectifier nor the regenerating bridge is carrying current Bits 15 to 17 reserved Bit 18 Message Current limit active L An L signal indicates that the rectifier regenerating unit is operating at the current limit If the message is output at a terminal CUR SCB1 an L signal appears there for this message Bit 19 Signal Fault external 1 H An H signal indicates that a Fault exte
181. he units 2 2 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Transport Unpacking and Assembly 12 96 Dimension drawings 2 4 L G 2 p uonoes 19431 AAR Jo eu Jo ON Jo oe uoo pue Jemod Jojo uuoo 9 pyezey yOOUS G Se qeo 10 ueeJog eui 10 S 00SN3 01 6 uo 10 uoisu dsns Z 5 JO E 5 _ 12190 624 8rx 7 0 Ly iL 00000000000 00000000000 00000000000 00000000000 00000000000 suondo Jimmie mm imm mammam mm mmn aT res li OV 9 jneux3 i Figure 2 2 Dimension drawing size C JSA09 101 1hOU IA 2 3 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 96 Transport Unpacking and Assembly UOISUSUIIG uonoes 0 19431 Jo y JO ON 01 009 009 OVV 1 989 2 9202459 007 00S OVVI S85H2 vE0ZAS9 00
182. iemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 2 4 Operating Instructions Rectifier Regenerating Unit Transport Unpacking and Assembly 12 96 uoisueuJlrq 09 1 uonoes JO eui Jo jueueoe dsip ON p ees 1 exejui pue ayenbepe SI jsneuxe pue exejui y yey eq JSNUW 1 sjeuiqeo paesu spun y 100p pue S e M 115 y JO Wed SIU le nsuj 104 7 seje d 9 JOJDB1UO9 pue Aiddns A 104 peau z LIN r JO c Z LIN 104 ou Bununoy L H d 1393 0051 1sneux3 5104 QIN 10 sejou Bununoy MIA 10044 Figure 2 4 Dimension drawing size 2 5 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Operating Instructions Rectifier Regenerating Unit 12 96 Transport Unpacking and Assembly UOISUSWIJ eyeq 1 uonoes oi 1941 1U ISM Jo JO ON uonoes ees
183. iemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Operating instructions Rectifier Regenerating Unit 12 96 Connection sindino Boyeue LX 12 LX sindino Buno l s um EE i EE SSES Z 61X 1 61 02 6L 81 ZL 8917 670869 i OG 94 JO joJjuoo pue uedo 958754 wm s wama s wama s wama s s s i uonoejes Cose 00x j i i Sd HR 1 ZOLX uodo 0891 70860 lI I m i i 01 Avet AGL AGL AS i i i Tai EEUU i 80 i jddns Jemod l ZIA LI i i l 005 i I I i bidet gt 5 6 b 6X 5 6 a SIAOWIS 9 65654 SIAONIS 140 9 98758 yun A ddns sindui PP 3 ZHO9 0S OVI A069 ZHO9 0S OVE AO0S ZHO9 0S DYE A00t 2 09 05 OVE Size Single line diagram with suggested circuit arrangement without autotransforme Figure 3 11 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 3 22 Operating instructions Connection 12 96 sjndjno Boyeue LX 7
184. ier regenerating unit with the current setpoint The second rectifier regenerating unit that is linked to the first via the SST2 serial interface RS485 interface option with peer to peer protocol only becomes a 12 pulse slave after parameterization 12 pulse mode is used to reduce the harmonic loading on the system and to increase the performance for high power rectifier regenerating units Process data are commands and setpoints from outside fed into the rectifier regenerating unit as well as signals and actual values which are output from the rectifier regenerating unit Process data Sources Destinations Binary inputs BE Binary outputs terminals terminals Parameterizing unit PMU Commands Messages Parameterizing unit PMU Operator control panel OP control Word gt status I Operator control panel OP Serial interfaces Serial interfaces SST1 SST2 SCB CB TB 9 command Setpoint e g fault SST1 SST2 SCB CB TB chanal Op cl loop Serial interfaces Parameterizing unit PMU SST1 SST2 SCB CB TB glue poe Operator control panel OP control Analog outputs terminals Serial interfaces SST1 SST2 SCB CB TB Only Id setpoint in e g output current 12 pulse operation Rectifier regenerating unit Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rec
185. in indices 1 to 3 The data for the already reset previous trips is present in groups of 3 elements on the following indices r947 1949 1748 Fault number Fault value Fault time Index 1 Current gt Current T Cum d Index 1 Curr h Curr 1st d Index 4 1st ack h 1st ack s 2nd ack d Index 7 2nd ack h 2nd ack s Index 9 Index 10 S O O Index 17 2nd ack 2nd ack Plain text describing the fault numbers is available under the corresponding index of parameter r951 If the electronics supply voltage fails all fault numbers are saved but only those fault values and fault times relating to the last trip are stored After the supply voltage has been restored the other indices have the value O PNU 3B3Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Fault Value Fault values of the faults allows a more detailed diagnosis at several faults The fault values are saved in the same indices as the related fault numbers r947 see parameter P947 PNU 3B5Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 5 40 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status Fault Texts List List of faul
186. ing the DC link voltage on the connected SIMOVERT Master Drive FC the dynamic behavior of the closed loop control of the DC link voltage can be improved Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up 4 2 3 Parameterization for Expert application Parameterization can be simplified by selecting an appropriate factory setting via parameter 77 using special functions such as 12 pulse mode with two rectifier regenerating units coupled via a peer to peer link In this case this is carried out by selecting the function Generate factory setting as described in Section 4 3 9 1 with P07720 Then the parameterization shown in the following diagram can be carried out In all other cases the following parameterization is started immediately Commands via OP1 P554 2001 P555 2001 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Language only important when OP1 is in use see Section 9 4 0 German 1 English 2 Spanish 3 French 4 Italian Access stage Standard mode Parameterization enable e g with PO53 6 the parameters from the parameterization unit PMU and from serial interface 1 of the basic unit SST1 and therefore also from the optional user friendly operator panel OP1 can be modified Operator control If the unit is to be switched on and off via the optional user friendly operator panel OP1 P554 2001 Source for control command ON OFF1
187. ing Instructions 12 95 Logbook 12 Logbook The logbook must be kept up to date by the operating personnel All service and maintenance work carried out on the rectifier regenerating unit should be entered briefly in keywords into the logbook Continuous entries are important for maintenance and could be significant when it comes to warranty claims Similarly in the event of software upgrading it is important that a record of the parameter settings is available because during this procedure all values are reset to their original factory settings Start up settings Start up settings change designation change pos2 Functionselect _ 0000 P054 Display Lit Jo posi Board Positions _ PP P140 Rectifier Resist i001 0 000 i001 i001 i002 0 000 i i002 i003 0 000 i i003 i004 0 000 i i004 Rectifier Induct i001 0 00 i002 0 00 i003 0 00 i004 0 00 Inverter Resist i001 0 000 i002 0 000 i003 0 000 i004 0 000 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 12 1 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Logbook 12 95 Par No P143 P318 12 2 Parameter designation Inverter Induct DC Bus Capacit Motor Curr Limit Regen Curr Limit DC Curr Reg Gain DC Curr Reg Time DC Volts Reg Gain DC Volts RegTime DC V Reg Limit DC V Reg Limit DC V set red Factory setting i001 0 00 i002 0 00 i003 0 00 i004 0 00 i001 0 00 i002 0 00 i003 0 00 i004 0 00 i001 150 0 i002 150
188. ing modules the tip of the soldering iron must be earthed Modules and components must only be stored or dispatched in conductive packaging e g metallized plastic boxes or metal tins If packagings are not conductive modules must be placed in a conductive envelopment prior to packaging In this case use can be made of conductive foam rubber or domestic aluminum foil for example The necessary protective measures for ESDs are elucidated once again in the following figure conductive floor ESD coat ESD desk ESD armband ESD shoes earthing terminal on cabinets Sitting position Standing position Standing Sitting position 0 8 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 11 94 Definitions WARNING When operating electrical equipment certain parts of such equipment are inevitably live Owing to the dc link capacitors hazardous voltages are present on the equipment up to 5 min after deenergization power terminal and electronic power supply This is why it is not permitted to open the housing until after waiting for 5 minutes Non observance of warning notices can result in death severe personal injury or considerable property damage Such personnel must be thoroughly acquainted with all warnings and maintenance activities Perfect and safe operation of the equipment requires proper transport expert storage installation and assembly and cautious operation and maintenance Siem
189. ing status The dependence on the access stage P051 still applies i e the access stage has to be set in accordance with Chapter 5 in order to access a parameter 052 0 Function selection Return P key After return the operating display appears Switch on inhibit 008 Ready to switch on 009 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 4 39 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 12 95 4 3 9 4 Hardware configuration P052 4 This function is used to select option boards SCB CB TB in the rectifier regenerating unit electronics box In order to install these modules an LBA bus coupling Local Bus Adapter is required for the electronics box see Section 9 1 All parameters which can be written into the Hardware configuration status H refer to the right hand column in the parameter list in Chapter 5 can be changed The hardware configuration selection can be realized in the Switch on inhibit Ready to switch or Fault status Procedure P052 4 Function selection Hardware configuration 51 3 Access stage Expert mode to change the following parameters 090 Board slot2 To the RIGHT in the electronics box P091 Board slot3 the CENTER in the electronics box Parameter values for PO90 P091 0 No option board 1 CB Communications board 2 TB Technology board only 090 3 SCB Serial Communication Board Slot in the Boards electronics box 1 B3 ENTER Option
190. ink voltage 510 to 620V 15 Rated frequency fn Input 46 to 64 automatic frequency matching Output Rated current rms value With autotransformer Regenerating line side Regenerating unit side Rectifier operation Without autotransformer Regenerating unit side Rectifier operation Load class 110 EN 60146 1 1 of the DC link current EEG mi in rectifier operation currents reduced to 9296 in regenerative operation Rated current average DC link connection Rectifier operation Load class II to EN 60146 1 1 of the DC link current average value in rectifier operation currents reduced to 9296 in egene operation Base load duration Ee Losses cooling Power dissipation Maximum Cooling air requirement 0 028 0028 0028 Sound pressure level dimensions weight m m 1 5 1 ab 1 as 600 600 600 1 3AC 208 to 230V Input voltage see Chapter 1 Description 14 2 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Technical Data R R unit 1AA0 31 7EE85 32 2EE85 33 1 85 33 8EE85 34 6EE85 Rated voltage rated frequency rated current Rated voltage Rectifier connection 380 to 460V three phase AC 15 1 Regenerative connection using an auto transformer 1 2 times the voltage of the rectifier connection DC link voltage 510 to 620V DC 15 Rated frequency fn Input 46 to 64 automatic frequency matching Outp
191. ion 52 0 DC link voltage smoothing By parameterizing P302 3 time constant for smoothing the DC link voltage on the connected SIMOVERT Master Drive FC the dynamic behavior of the closed loop control of the DC link voltage can be improved Start Up 12 95 4 2 5 Simple application examples for connecting process data with connection assignment Connecting up Refer to Section 3 3 Control terminal strip Factory setting Switch on off via the PMU messages and actual values via the terminal strip Terminal strip only operational if binary input 5 5 is energized high signal level corresponds to reserve CUR r 104 19 Floating contact P603 1 1002 ON OFF1 P554 1 1010 L 104 20 Fault X101 6 X101 9 ON OFF1 P554 2 1001 X101 10 OFF2 pulse inhibit P555 2 1002 X101 11 Acknowledge P565 2 1003 X101 12 1 01 1 3 Basic reserve P590 1005 activates above commands X102 15 X102 14 Actual Ud value P655 1 37 Manual automatic operation Automatic operation high signal level Command input from the automation unit via serial interface SST1 the monitoring of external faults via a terminal strip also possible Manual operation BE5 low signal level Command input via the terminal strip Automation unit ON OFF 1 P554 2 2001 Acknowledge P565 2 2001 104 19 Floating contact P602 1 1002 X104 20 Operation X10
192. ion 3 5 Single line diagrams with suggested circuit arrangements Function Terminal Connected values Description RS485 serial interface 117 1 RS485R receive cable RS485 positive SST2 X117 2 RS485R receive cable RS485 negative X117 3 RS485T send cable RS485 positive X117 4 RS485T send cable RS485 negative X117 5 Signal earth The bus termination resistors required for peer to peer mode are installed on the module 1500 between terminal X117 1 and terminal X117 2 3900 from terminal X117 1 to 5V supply 3900 from terminal X117 2 to ground 9 6 4 Parameterization The following parameters influence the function of the SST2 interface for the basic unit for details see Section 5 12 P681 1001 to i005 Selection of process data for transmission P684 i003 Baudrate 686 1003 Number of net data words for peer to peer link 687 1003 Telegram failure time P688 Selection of the protocol Parameterization for 12 pulse mode see Section 3 8 3 9 7 SIMOVIS WARNING Only qualified personnel who are familiar with the SIMOVIS operating instructions and with the operating instructions of the connected devices and their safety instructions are permitted to intervene at the drive using the PC Incorrect use of the software can result in death severe personal injury or considerable property damage What is SIMOVIS SIMOVIS is a program that runs on standard PCs for the setup and diagnostics of converte
193. ion for control word bit 30 basic reserve setting and P591 source selection for control word bit 31 Main contactor checkback signal are indexed 2x as follows Index i001 Basic setting 002 Reserve setting An overview of possible sources which are assigned fixed values 0 6005 non consecutively are provided in Section 4 3 1 1 3 to 4 3 1 1 6 Selecting the source for the control word In this overview values 0 and 1 are an exception sources are not selected with these values but the bits are set permanently to 0 LOW or 1 HIGH also refer to select parameters P554 to P591 in Section 5 parameter list The control word commands OFF2 bit1 OFF3 bit2 and Acknowledge bit7 are always simultaneously effective from 3 sources can be parameterized Acknowledge bit7 is also always effective from the PMU If the On command bit 0 is connected to a serial interface SST1 CB TB SCB SST then the following must be observed for safety related reasons Additionally an OFF2 or OFF3 command must be parameterized at the terminal strip PMU as otherwise the converter cannot be shutdown with a defined command when communications fail WARNING When making any modifications to control or other wiring make absolutely sure that no dangerous situations can arise Example If a terminal at logic H potential is programmed as the source for the ON OFF1 command the rectifier regenerating unit will enter the Run
194. ion will not be too high Rectification Rectification DC link DC link Regeneration Regeneration Arrangement for high power system Arrangement for low power system For the selection of the commutating reactors see Table 3 5 and Catalog DA93 1 With an extremely high total uy value in the regenerative direction it may be necessary due to the increased thyristor current commutating time to reduce the inverter step limit parameter P776 This may mean it is necessary to reduce Ud Output reactors in the DC circuit are not permitted even with the parallel connection of power sections or in 12 pulse mode because the DC link voltage is measured at the unit output terminals Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 3 3 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions Connection 12 96 Function Terminal Incoming supply terminals X1 U1 L1 X1 V1 L2 Protective conductor X1 W1 L3 Power feedback terminals X4 1U2 1T1 autotransformer system X4 1V2 1T2 X4 1W2 1T3 Power terminals DC link voltage inverter Fan terminals Sizes E H K Table 3 1 Power connections Sizes C and E Terminal X19 fused with fuse and F4 T2A 250V time lag 5x20 mm Connected load Description See Technical Data Chapter 14 See Technical Data Chapter 14 See Technical Data Chapter 14 Supply connection for fan 230V AC 10 50 to 60 Hz 5 Size E Current consumption 0 84A Size H Current consumption at
195. ional erection and safety regulations regarding work on power installations e g VDE and regulations regarding the proper use of tools and of personal protective equipment Non observance of warning notices can result in death severe personal injury or considerable property damage The unit must be protected against the ingress of foreign matter as otherwise proper functioning and safety will not be guaranteed Requirements for the installation site Local guidelines and standards must be observed in relation to assembly Dissipated Operating facilities must be dry and dust free Air fed in must not contain E any gases vapors or dusts that are electrically conductive or detrimental to functioning Air containing dust must be filtered WARNING Dimension cabinet ventilation according to the dissipated power Technical data in Chapter 14 The unit s ambient climate in operating rooms must not exceed the values of code 3K3 as detailed in DIN IEC 721 Part 3 3 04 90 A reduction of power as detailed in Chapters 14 1 and 14 2 is necessary in the event of temperatures gt 40 C 104 F and altitudes gt 1000m The terminal voltage has to be reduced for altitudes gt 2000m Carry out assembly in accordance with the dimension drawings in Section 2 4 Figure 2 1 Installation in control cabinets NOTE In the case of units of size H and K all plastic covers must be mounted to ensure correct air flow and cooling for t
196. ive Wait until internal OFF state is canceled by an external OFF command Switch on inhibit isolation OFF2 Wait for acknowledgment of switch on inhibit by activating the SWITCH OFF command Isolation implemented OFF2 Wait until a valid USS telegram to SST1 has been received only if P687 is set to z0 Wait until a valid peer to peer telegram to SST2 has been received only for P688 1 when 687 1003 is set to 20 Fault A fault message has been received Download A parameter download over SST1 can be executed Drive settings Hardware settings Electronics initialization The option module electronics are initialized The basic unit electronics are initialized Establish factory setting Set MLFB PNU 00Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 0 to 21 1 UHABR Parameter List 12 95 PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status 5 2 General observation parameters Status Observation parameters for the current status of the S F unit 0 Enter MLFB 070 MLFB Input 1 Establish factory setting Init RFE 2 Hardware initialization InitHW Conf 4 Hardware settings HW Config 5 Drive system settings System Set 7 Fault Fault 8 Restart inhibit ON Locked 9 Ready for turn ON Ready for ON 10 Wait for syst
197. l terminal block 3 18 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 12 96 Connection 3 3 4 Connecting up the parameterizing unit PMU A serial connection to automation unit or a PC can be realized via connector X300 on the PMU Thus the rectifier regenerating unit can be controlled and operated from the central control station or control room E 5 0000 Figure 3 8 Parameterizing unit PMU Housing ground Receive line RS232 standard V 24 Transmit and receive line RS485 two wire positive differential input output RTS Request to send for direction reversal in the case of interface converters Ref potential ground 5 V power supply for OP Transmit line RS232 standard V 24 __ Transmit and receive line RS485 two wire negative differential input output Ref potential for RS232 or RS485 interface Table 3 10 Connector pin assignment for interface X300 3 4 Measures for keeping to RFI suppression regulations To appear shortly Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 3 19 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 12 96 Connection t arrangements IFCUI ith suggested c iagrams wi Single line d 3 5 sy 1 9 LX d n ME 18917 57086 3AVSG 1 13534 Act AGL AGL ASH pe qa K ddns 190g ee tr A ddns
198. lock of the item number on the module C98043 A1680 L1 06 C98043 A1680 L1 07 and software version 3 0 or higher see the label on the EPROM fourth number block must be 30 or higher 98113 A1800 A001 30 98113 1800 001 31 The software version can also be read from parameter r720 01 The contents must be 3 0 or greater 9 6 2 Installation Ax e Undo the fixing screws of the CUR A10 above and below the oe removal handles 3 A Es e Remove the module carefully from the electronics box using the A10 handles 5 CUR e Versions 1 and 2 Module PTP1 is a submodule of the CUR The PMU 71 PTP1 is fitted to the electronics module using the preassembled spacers The female rods X115 and X116 must be fitted onto the p corresponding male pins on the CUR X100 e Version 3 The PTP1 and EPROM are already fitted to the CUR X101 x102 115 e Slide CUR module A10 with PTP1 2 into the electronics box A2 carefully along the guide rails as far as the stop X117 104 X116 e Screw the module into position with the fixing screws N above and pw rl below the removal handles 5 a A 9 4 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Options 9 6 3 Function and terminal description See circuit diagram in Sect
199. lt 3 1003 Binary input 3 of the CUR board Other values see allowed settings in Section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word B R parameter PNU 23DHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 5 19 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Parameter List 12 95 PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status Src Motor Regen 0 to 6005 Source for the Generating motoring control command control word 1 bit 14 0 Control command ineffective motoring and generating mode permitted 1 Not allowed Other values see allowed settings in Section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word B R parameter PNU 23EHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Src No ExtFault1 1 to 6005 Source for the External fault 1 control command control word 1 bit 15 L signal causes disconnection of the faulted drive 0 Not allowed 1 No external fault 1 1003 Binary input 3 of the CUR board Other values see allowed settings in Section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word B R parameter PNU 23FHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Src RDataSetBitO 0 to 6005 Source for bit 0 control word 2 bit 18 for selecting the reserve data set RDS 0 RDS bit 0 has the value 0 1 RDS bit 0 has the value 1 Other values see allowed settings in Section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word B R p
200. lt is output at a terminal strip CUR SCB1 an L signal appears there for this fault signal Bits 25 to 30 reserved Bit 31 Signal Pre charging active H An H signal indicates that the DC link has been charged following a successful ON command Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 4 27 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 12 95 4 3 1 3 Setpoints The only possible setpoint selection that can be programmed on a rectifier regenerating unit is the selection of the Id setpoint for a rectifier regenerating unit in slave mode e g the slave rectifier regenerating unit in 12 pulse operation using parameter See also Chapter 5 Parameter list The control word command can be used for effecting the changeover Basic and reserve settings See Section 4 4 Function diagrams The source for the setpoint is defined using values Value entry Index1 i001 active when basic setting selected control word Index2 i002 active when reserve setting selected control word Value assignment for P486 Source Id setpoint Value Source 0000 Constant setpoint 0 Factory setting P486 i001 i002 2002 SST1 PMU X300 or X100 1 5 Word2 2003 lt only if word 4 is not assigned for control word 2 with 2004 Section 4 3 1 1 consecutivelyto OPTIONS only if word 4 is not assigned for control word 2 with 3004 Section 4 3 1 1 consecutivelyto 4501 SCB SST only Peer to Peer Word1
201. m Sections 4 3 1 1 to 4 3 1 4 Control word status word setpoints actual values 4 34 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up 4 3 9 Function selection P052 Function selection is activated via parameter P052 and permits various special functions during the start up phase Access stage 2 P051 2 must be enabled and the rectifier regenerating unit may only be in the Run R status Apart from this P053 must be set for parameter enable e g P053 6 The following functions are available Return from function selection P052 0 Generate factory setting P052 1 Initialization MLFB setting P052 2 Download P052 3 Hardware configuration P052 4 Drive setting 052 5 Forming P052 20 Circuit identification 052 21 Display modified parameters P052 22 The Generate factory setting Forming and Circuit identification functions are automatically reset on completion i e P052 0 Return The other functions must be manually reset 4 3 9 1 Generate factory setting P052 1 This function is used to reset the parameter values in accordance with a the parameter list dispatch status for the unit see Section 5 column 4 and b parameter P077 see below Only the settings of parameters P070 MLFB and P077 type of factory setting remain unchanged The MLFB dependent parameters P071 P075 and P076 are set in acc
202. mens AG 65 7087 6AK85 1AA0 14 7 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Technical Data 12 95 RIR unit 5 32 2685 27 85 Rated voltage rated frequency rated current Rated voltage Rectifier connection 660 to 690V three phase AC 15 Regenerative connection using an auto transformer 1 2 times the voltage of the rectifier connection DC link voltage 890 to 930V DC 15 Rated frequency fn Input 46 to 64 automatic Frequency matching Output DC Rated current rms value With autotransformer Regenerating line side Regenerating unit side Rectifier operation Without autotransformer Regenerating unit side Rectifier operation Load class I to EN 60146 1 1 of the DC link current average in rectifier operation currents reduced to 92 in egene operator Rated current 140 average Zwischenkreisanschlu beim Einspeisen Load class II to EN 60146 1 1 of the DC link current average value in rectifier operation currents reduced to 92 in a operator Base load duration Losses cooling iin Maximum Sound pressure level dimensions weight sommere m Um Standard Option Wegtap 45 ss 6 6 14 8 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Technical Data R R unit 1AA0 37 7HH85 41 0HH85 41 3HK85 41 5HK85 41 8HK85 Rated voltage rate
203. message remains as long an OFF2 command is applied over the control word bit 1 and or an ON command is still applied the control word bit 0 edge evaluation If the message is output at a terminal strip CUR SCB1 an L signal appears there for this message Bit 7 Signal Alarm H An H signal indicates that an alarm Axxx is present If the alarm is output at the terminal strip CUR SCB1 an L signal appears there for this alarm Bit 8 Signal Setpoint actual value deviation L The L signal indicates that the absolute value of the difference between the Ud setpoint and the Ud actual value is greater than or equal to a programmable deviation P517 Setpoint actual value deviation Ud for longer than the Setpoint actual value deviation time P518 The bit is again set high as soon as the absolute value of the difference between the Ud setpoint and the Ud actual value is less than the deviation P517 Bit 9 Signal PZD control requested An H signal is always present Bit 10 Message Regenerating ready H An H signal indicates that the rectifier regenerating unit us ready to feed power back into the system see control word bit 11 in Section 4 3 1 1 7 Bit 11 Message Fault reserved L L signal is always present If the fault signal is output to a terminal block CUR SCI 1 2 L signal appears there for this fault Bit 12 Signal Main contactor energized H This message is identical to t
204. mmands OFF2 gt OFF1 4 18 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up Run enable command H Run enable The RUN ENABLE command firing pulse enable is implemented with an H signal After the command has been accepted If the READY status 011 still applies Changeover to the RUN status 014 the firing pulses are enabled and the voltage setpoint is approached over the pre charging ramp Bit3 Run inhibit command L Run inhibit The RUN INHIBIT command firing pulses disabled is implemented with an L signal After the command has been accepted Ifthe RUN status 014 applies Changeover to the READY status 01 the firing pulses are inhibited Bit 4 to 6 reserved Bit 7 Acknowledge command T Acknowledge The command is executed with a positive edge change from L to H L only in the FAULT status 007 After the command has been accepted All actual faults are deleted after having been previously transferred into the diagnostics memory If no faults are present The drive changes into the status SWITCH ON INHIBIT 008 If actual faults are present The drive remains in the FAULT status 007 NOTE The acknowledge command is simultaneously effective from three sources P565 P566 and P567 and always from the PMU 8 Inching 1 ON command f Inching 1 ON The command is executed with a positive edge change from L
205. module into place again using the fixing screws After switching the electronics supply voltage on again wait until the function generate factory setting is complete Then restore the parameter values in accordance with the logbook or reload the values saved using SIMOVIS into the unit Ifthe parameters are restored in accordance with the logbook circuit identification see Section 4 3 9 7 must be carried out due to special parameter P772 8 2 3 Replacing thyristor modules The thyristor modules are secured with self tapping screws When replacing the thyristor modules it is imperative to use original length screws with locking elements to secure them Also use original length screws when screwing the thyristor modules to the busbars 8 6 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Maintenance
206. n 202 19 LX IH CZA TEXY t ezx ER LN LP Emp ADE OV I sindino Z 61X 1 61 5 syndjno Bunoejas r q yun L d dy md 10 02 61 81 ZL us Lex 5891 670862 ss a usa M 1 601X 199599 Abe ASI ASI AGH ELE as UE A ddns 1 i les sal 1 S 6X t 6X 66 2 6 6 o 0 1 4 M e 5 41 5 6 t 6X 66 2 6 L 6X yun A ddns ZHO9 0S OV L A069 ZHO9 0S OVE 006 ZHO9 0S OVE A00r 2 09 05 OVE OG OU JO Ionuoo i doo pesojo pue uedo i 1055900100101 i 6unoejes 875 ZOLX uodo 0891 V 70860 80 X SIAOWIS 65654 SIAOWIS LdO 9 98754 98754 Figure 3 15 Single line diagram with suggested circuit arrangement without autotransformer Size Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit 3 26 Operating instructions Connection 12 95 AOE OVI 1 LX 7 9 LX EO ec oe T Sul sindino Bunoejas r q jejjesed q 1 ce 10 suol99uuoo 02 6k BL L gel ee i r 12x EM vox zozx 23 8891 V v086D
207. n only one unit is permitted to carry current This prevents firing of the thyristors of the rectifier regenerating bridge in the run operating state on the 12 pulse master or 12 pulse slave by forcing the state 000 when the corresponding partner unit reports via r599 bit 6 of the first SST2 receive telegram that forming or circuit identification is being carried out Apart from which on the unit that is held in the state 000 error message F061 fault value 3 4 5 is suppressed On completion of forming or circuit identification of the partner unit i e with the trailing edge of bit 6 of the first SST2 receive data the unit switches to the operating state SWITCH ON INHIBITED r000 08 On switch on on the 12 pulse master following the 9012 operating state test phase earth short circuit test firing of the thyristors of the rectifier regenerating bridge by forcing the state r000 is prevented until the 12 pulse slave reports the run operating state via r599 bit 3 of the first SST2 receive data or until a maximum waiting time of 5 s has elapsed During this waiting time the 12 pulse slave is given the opportunity of carrying out the earth short circuit test In addition ramping up of the pre charging ramp parameter P329 is prevented Bits 0 1 8 and 9 of r599 control status word for 12 pulse mode are linked with control word bit 23 such that an ON command is only passed on via r59
208. nal buffer overflow Software monitoring of various software buffers Int Fault Non permissible microprocessor status The microprocessor is monitored by internal hardware for non permissible states RAM Fault RAM defective Software based checking of the functionality of the RAM chips on the CUR module Watchdog Watchdog timer has triggered a Reset An internal hardware counter in the microprocessor checks to see whether the program for calculating the firing pulses is executed at least about every 400 ms on average it is executed every 2 7 to 3 3 ms If this is not the case the counter triggers a Reset F047 then appears No MLFB 070 0 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Countermeasures CUR module faulted Excessive interference e g by contactors without RC elements unshielded cables faulty shielding connections CUR module faulted Excessive interference e g by contactors without RC elements unshielded cables faulty shielding connections RAM defective replace the CUR module CUR module defective Excessive interference e g by contactors without RC elements unshielded cables faulty shielding connections After acknowledging in BOOTSTRAP enter a suitable parameter value for the unit with 070 MLFB 65 70 only possible with the corresponding access stages of the two access parameters see Section 4 3 9 2 F
209. nals CUR or SCI Ud reduced Ud not reduced o P613 1 14 Motoring Generating 7 1P6141 15 2 30 28 26 24 5 gt al sl l el PMU Display Status word 2 visualization parameter r553 is selection 16 ____ T ee Alarm i2t power sections No alarm i2t power section Inverted for terminal strips P622 Fault overtemp p s No fault overtemp p s Inverted for terminal strips P623 2 2 23 24 Alarm p s No alarm overtemp p s Inverted for terminal strips P624 6 7 10 224 h h Pechagingacive Pre chargingnotaoive ps 1 The meaning of this bit is different for the rectifier regenerating unit than for the converter 12 95 4 24 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up 4 3 1 2 3 Selecting the destinations for the status word bits 0 31 For the selection parameters P600 to P631 in which the destination of the appropriate bit can be specified then the indices are uniformly assigned as follows Index i001 Selecting a terminal on the CUR board basic converter 1002 Selecting a terminal on the SCI 1 2 board option Index i001 Selecting a terminal on the CUR board basic converter Factory setting except P603 Factory setting for P603 Index i002 Selecting a terminal on the SCI 1 2 board option Factory setting BA2
210. ndatory Specify the ID number of the MLFB P070 of the rectifier regenerating unit rating plate on the unit as per MLFB table Section 4 3 9 2 Return from setting MLFB Change back to fault display and acknowledge 060 WARNING Replacing firing circuit module A23 Carry out circuit identification after replacing the A23 see Chapter 4 Sizes H and K The earth connection must be restored by tightening the screws marked with an earthing sign on the electronics box size or on the electronics slide in unit size Replacing the PMU for size C Open up the front cover screwdriver Remove the PMU board Install the new PMU board in the inverse sequence Release the snaps on the front cover Withdraw connector X108 on the CUR Carefully depress the latch upwards on the inner side of the front cover using a PMU Rear side of the front cover Snap catch Figure 8 6 Rear side of the front cover with PMU board Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 8 5 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions Maintenance 12 95 Replacing the EPROM on the CUR module upgrading to a new software version On setup and during servicing work the current parameter settings in the logbook in Chapter 12 should be saved For information on reading out the parameters changed from the factory settings easily see Section 4 3 9 3 saving the parameter values using SIMOVIS and Section 4 3 9 8
211. ndices as P600 PNU 26CHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Trg Bit ExtWarn 0 to 4212 Destination of the status bit External warning status word 2 bit 21 Note For issuing the message via a terminal the active status bit has H level is inverted broken wire proof Parameter values indices as P600 PNU 26DHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Trg Bit i2t Inv 0 to 4212 Destination of the status bit Warning unit overload status word 2 bit 22 Note For issuing the message via a terminal the active status bit has H level is inverted broken wire proof Parameter values indices as P600 PNU 26EHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Trg BitFitTmpinv 0 to 4212 Destination of the status bit Fault unit overtemperature status word 2 bit 23 Note For issuing the message via a terminal the active status bit has H level is inverted broken wire proof Parameter values Indices as for P600 PNU 26FHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Trg BitWarTmplnv 0 to 4212 Destination of the status bit Warning unit overtemperature status word 2 bit 24 Note For issuing the message via a terminal the active status bit has H level is inverted broken wire proof Parameter values indices as P600 PNU 270Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions See Modify access status 5 25 Parameter List 12 95 PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit I
212. ndices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status Trg Bit Charging Destination of the status bit Charging active status word 2 bit 31 Note For issuing the message via a terminal the active status bit has H level is inverted broken wire proof Parameter values indices as P600 PNU 277Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 5 26 0 to 4212 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status 5 11 Analog input output CUR AnaOutActVal 0 to 999 Number of the parameters whose value is to be output at the analog output of the CUR terminal X102 14 PNU 28FHex 02 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 CUR AnaOut Gain 320 00 V Gain for the analog output of the CUR terminal X102 14 P656 desired analog output voltage at PWE 100 if offset 0 The output voltage is calculated with the following formula U out PWE 100 P656 P657 PNU 290Hex 2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 01 V CUR AnaOutOffset 100 00 to 100 00 V Offset for the analog output on the CUR terminal X102 14 The analog output can represent voltages of 10V to 10V PNU 291Hex 2 Scaling 1Hex 0 01 V AnaOut Conf Curr 0 to 3 Configuration of terminal X102 16 actual curr
213. necessary see Section 4 3 9 6 The rectifier regenerating unit must be in status 9009 less give SWITCH ON command Set P408 forming time 1 0 to 600 0 minute Select function P052 20 Press P key on the PMU Press the key on the PMU The DC link is formed When forming is completed the operating status display appears see r006 Circuit identification see Section 4 3 9 7 The rectifier regenerating unit must be in operating state 0009 or less give SWITCH OFF command Select circuit identification P052 21 Press the P key on the PMU Switch on Press the key on the PMU Circuit identification takes place takes about 10 s Following circuit identification the operating display is activated error occurs during circuit identification the identification process must be repeated error value r949 assigned to error memory r947 can provide more information on the cause of error if the error in index i009 has been reset see Sections 5 16 and 7 1 Documenting the settings Select the Display modified parameters function P052 22 see Section 4 3 9 8 Display modified parameters Note Function can only be used with operator control via the PMU Enter the values of the modified i e system specific parameters in the logbook Chapter 12 Select the Return function P052 z 0 DC link voltage smoothing By parameterizing P302 3 time constant for smooth
214. ng Instructions Voltage failure in the regenerative bridge X4 1U2AT1 X4 1V2 1T2 or X4 1W2 1T3 Waiting time in status 9010 elapsed Heat sink temperature gt 95 C Heat sink temperature lt 45 C Channel V U faulted Channel V W faulted Channel W U faulted Parameter 74 wrongly set Phase failure in the rectifier bridge Line contactor dropped out in operation Fuse blown on three phase side of rectifier bridge Drive operated too long under overload conditions Check to see whether the rated current of the R G unit is adequate for the specific application Heat sink air inlets and outlets contaminated Heat sink temperature sensor not connected to X31 X32 on A1681 and or A1682 module slave unit Fan has no voltage Fan faulted Fan running in the wrong direction Fan fuse F3 F4 defective NOTE Measure inlet air ambient temperature 9 gt 40 C note reduction curves See Section 14 1 Heat sink temperature sensor not connected to X30 module on A1681 and or A1682 Fault in the voltage path on the power interface module A1681 and or A1682 and or A1685 or on the electronic module CUR Short circuit in the DC link Thyristor branch fuse faulted Fault and Alarm Messages 12 95 Fault description Phase Sequ Wrong phase sequence A check is make to see whether the phase sequence of the rectifier bridge is the same as that
215. ng units of a higher voltage class 500 V unit instead of 400 V unit 690 V unit instead of 500 V unit Note this is not possible for the 690 V unit it is possible to obtain high DC link voltage with respect to the primary supply voltage of the 12 pulse transformer despite Ud reduction Disadvantage Worse mains power factor due to the phases 12 pulse transformer Reactor Tamise masier 12 pulse master eu Rectification Mains Regeneration DC link Reactor 12 pulse slave Rectification Regeneration Figure 3 40 Power section supply with autotransformers reduced DC link voltage Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 3 53 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Connection 12 95 c Example of a configuration for 12 pulse mode and parallel connection of units of size K to obtain the maximum output current In the following example of a power section arrangement with autotransformers and a reactor arrangement for a high power supply 2 groups of size K units operate in 12 pulse mode to obtain the maximum possible output current The first group of units comprises a basic unit parameterized as a 12 pulse master to which 2 parallel units not containing a CUR electronic module see Section 3 7 are connected in parallel The second group of units comprises a basic unit parameterized as 12 pulse slave to which 2 parallel units are also connected in parallel Arrangement for high power system 12 pulse master React R
216. ngle line diagrams with suggested circuit arrangements for parallel connection 3 50 3 8 12 pulse mode only possible with the optional RS485 3 52 3 8 1 General information on 12 pulse mode 3 52 3 8 2 Hardware requirements configuration of the power sections 3 52 3 8 3 Parameterization for 12 pulse 3 54 3 8 4 Control status word for 12 pulse mode r599 and control word 2 bit 23 3 56 3 8 5 Start up with 12 pulse mode nnns nennen 3 57 3 8 6 Redundancy mode na ei 3 59 3 8 7 RS485 interface cable for the peer to peer link SST2 3 60 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 0 3 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Contents 12 96 4 C PU 4 1 4 1 Introduction and handling nnns 4 1 4 1 1 Handling the start up instructions U u Uu u 4 1 4 1 2 General explanation of the terminology and functional scope of the rectifier regenerating U u nnne tren nennt enne 4 1 4 2 Initial 4 4 4 2 1 Preparatory 4 4 4 2 2 Parameterization Standard application a 4 5 4 2 3 Parameterization for
217. nical data Each separate parallel path must have a minimum uy value of 296 In the case of extremely high values for the mains supply low power system the primary side of the autotransformer should be connected directly to the supply before the commutating reactors so that the total value will not be too high in the regenerative direction With an extremely high total value in the regenerative direction it may be necessary due to the increased thyristor current commutating time to reduce the inverter step limit parameter P776 This may mean it is necessary to reduce Ud Basic unit Rectification Regeneration Basic unit P Rectification Regeneration Parallel unit 1 Rectification Regeneration 27 ma I I J4J4 Parallel unit 2 I I I Parallel unit 1 Rectification Regeneration 1 27 DC link DC link 11 So site Parallel unit2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L Rectification Rectification 1 Regeneration E NE I Regeneration Arrangement for high power system Arrangement for low power system Identical fuses for basic unit and parallel unit s Identical cable lengths leading to the power section connections of the basic and parallel units Output reactors in the DC circuit are not permitted WARNING Fault free operation can only be guaranteed if the phases at the power
218. nk voltage is not applied to the Ug controller until the deviation of the DC link voltage exceeds the value set here RDS parameter PNU 13CHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 01 DC V Reg Limit Negative threshold for the dead band of the setpoint actual value difference of the Ug controller A setpoint actual value deviation signal for the DC link voltage is not applied to the Ug controller until the deviation of the DC link voltage drops below the value set RDS parameter PNU 13DHex Type 12 Scaling 1Hex 0 01 DC V set red DC link voltage setpoint when selecting the DC link voltage reduction function RDS parameter PNU 13EHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 01 DC V set red Hys Hysteresis for Ud Ud set red message Ud reduced RDS parameter PNU 13FHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 01 Smooth Load Amps Smoothing time for feedforward load current injection RDS parameter PNU 140Hex 2 PreCharge Time Scaling 1Hex 4 1 DC link pre charging time RDS parameter PNU 149Hex 2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions See Modify access status Value range phys unit Selection text Display Indices Factory setting 0 10 to 100 00 s 0 00 to 100 00 of 1 35 P071 100 00 to 0 00 of 1 35 P071 0 00 to 100 00 of 1 35 Supply voltage at the rectifier bridge 0 00 to 100 00 of 1
219. nput MLFB input To exit this function the parameter must be reset to 0 Download Changing into the status Download To exit this Download function the parameter must be reset to 0 Hardware configuration Changing into the status Hardware HW Config settings To exit this function the parameter must be reset to 0 Drive setting change to the status Drive setting for assigning the plant data parameters To exit this function the parameter System Set must be reset to 0 Forming of the DC link Circuit identification Assigning the controller parameters of the FormingCaps R R unit Circuit ID Display only parameters with modified values Important This function can only be used in conjunction with Changed Par operator control from the PMU To exit this function the parameter must be reset to 0 Return PNU 34Hex 2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 5 6 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access Par setting status Parameter Access 0 to 31 Release of interfaces for parameterization This parameter is also available as P927 in keeping with Profibus Profile DVA none COM BOARD BASE KEYPAD CB PMU Serial I O SCB with USS SCB 16 TECH BOARD TB BASE SERIAL SST1 SST1 and OP Description for Se
220. nterface definition P688 1 protocol selection Peer to Peer P684 i003 13 baudrate 187500 Bd factory setting P686 i003 2 2 process data words factory setting 687 1003 1 ms telegram failure time factory setting see Section 3 8 6 SST2 send channel 681 1001 599 1st process data item is control status word for 12 pulse mode factory setting P681 i002 34 2nd process data item is the setpoint current factory setting Use of SST2 receive data 573 1001 or 1002 6001 1st receive data is source for No external fault 3 but should only be parameterized when the 12 pulse master is required to go into the fault state in the event of a 12 pulse slave fault see Section 3 8 6 Definition of the unit as 12 pulse unit 583 1001 or i002 1 12 pulse mode is selected Definition of the unit as a master or slave 587 1001 or 1002 0 master factory setting Special functions P354 0 Earth short circuit test deactivated when the unit is supplied by a non earthed supply e g from the delta winding of the 12 pulse transformer Table 12 Parameterization for 12 pulse mode Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 pulse slave 6SE70 unit Function In current control mode receives the setpoint current and control commands via the SST2 interface from the 12 pulse master and sends control
221. nverter may also be switched back on The drive may then stop for some considerable time and may be erroneously assumed to be switched off Fatal injuries severe bodily harm or damage to property and machinery may result if the area surrounding the drive is entered while the drive is in this state If the kinetic buffering function KIP is activated on a connected converter from the series SIMOVERT Master Drives 6SE70 on the rectifier regenerating unit P366 2 must be parameterized If two rectifier regenerating units for 12 pulse mode are coupled via peer to peer protocol via the basic unit interface SST2 the peer to peer telegram failure time monitoring must be switched off via P687 i003 0 on the 12 pulse master unit otherwise the automatic switch on with the parameterization P366 2 on both units will not work correctly if the electronics supply voltage fails 4 46 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 12 95 Function diagrams 4 4 any 91 SI 51 CA LI WO x 10 253333 253333 dois 1 d rild N03 Ny Ovid 1 9 7 4 eun 19114 bold pueqpeeq 21
222. odified parameters P052 22 4 45 FUNCIONS EE 4 45 WEA automatic restart sii enm itenim 4 45 Function diagrams 2 9 eniin ipte ER P ER 4 47 Parameter listu weenie 5 1 Operatioridisplay L 5 3 General observation parameters 5 4 General parameters 5 6 Drive 5 8 Hardware configuration 5 10 Data otthe DG 5 11 au 5 12 Gonvenience Tunctions tete us tram uS dated 5 14 Setpoitit Chanriel 5 16 Control and status nennen ns 5 17 Analog iNput outp t uuu 5 27 Communications 5 30 Diagnostl6s s menie er eset eevee av et eee 5 35 arse 5 37 Factory 5 38 Profile parametets ti ped aon ted eit rui fon tintin 5 39 Operator VID Vai 6 1 Operator control elements enne nennen enint 6 1 BES
223. ok 12 95 Parameter Factory setting Start up setting Start up setting designation change P566 Src2 Fault Reset i001 0 i001 i001 i002 0 i002 i002 P567 Src3 Fault Reset i001 2001 i002 2001 P568 Src Jog1 ON P569 Src Jog2 ON i001 0 i001 i001 PUN oo _ P571 Src Reduce DC V i001 0 i001 i001 UN ome P572 Src RegenRelease P573 Src No ExtFault3 P574 Src Motor Regen i001 0 i001 i001 U en P575 Src No ExtFault1 i001 1 i001 i001 P578 Src RDataSetBitO i001 0 i001 i001 Ema o meo me P579 Src RDataSetBit1 i001 0 i001 i001 MEM _ P583 Src 12 Pulse Mode i001 0 i001 i001 e jme _ P586 Src No ExtFault2 i001 1 i001 i001 MTM en P587 Src Master Slave i001 0 i001 i001 emm er P588 Src No Ext Warn1 i001 1 i001 i001 P589 Src Ext Warn2 i001 1 i001 i001 e _ P600 Trg Bit Ready On i001 0 i001 m mn P601 Trg Bit Rdy Oper i001 0 i001 i001 rmm P602 Trg Bit Operat i001 0 i001 i001 pes ___ P603 Trg Bit Fault i001 1002 i001 i001 Mea ____ 12 4 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Logbook Pas Parameter Factory setting Start up setting Start up setting designation change P604 Trg Bit No OFF2 i001 0 i001 i001 i002 0 i002 i002 P606 Trg BitONblocked P607 Trg Bit Warning P
224. ol in order to be able to exploit the line voltage fully in rectifier mode and not have to use an autotransformer for feeding power back into the system P318 reduced DC link voltage setpoint e g 80 P571 1004 Reduction selected via terminal X101 12 P613 1001 Output Link voltage reduced message to signaling relay X104 17 18 ready for regenerating P319 Hysteresis for the DC link voltage reduced message ready for regenerating Forming the DC link if necessary see Section 4 3 9 6 The rectifier regenerating unit must be in status 9009 or less give SWITCH OFF Set P408 forming time 1 0 to 600 0 minutes Select function P052 20 Press the P key on the PMU Switch on Press the key on the PMU Forming of the DC link takes place Following the forming process the status display is activated Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 052 21 949 1009 2 Switch on r000 22009 Acknowledge Eliminate Fault message cause of fault no r000 lt 009 Change process data onnection Connect process data Functions required software Parametrize functions P052 22 Logbook Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up Circuit identification see Section 4 3 9 7 The rectifier regenerating unit must b
225. ordance with the type of the rectifier regenerating unit see Section 4 3 9 2 Initialization The parameters dependent on P077 are set in accordance with the table shown below In the normal case P070 0 the values listed in the parameter list in Section 5 are used as factory settings so the table shown below does not have to be considered For fast parameterization of special functions using P077 1 to 6 an appropriate set of factory settings can be selected for certain parameters in accordance with the table shown below In this manner for example certain terminals of the basic unit can be parameterized fast as sources for certain control word functions The following table shows the factory settings for the parameters that are dependent on P077 N T Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard ormal factory cubicle with cubicle with cubicle with Cubicle with cubicle with Designation of setting terminals PMU the parameter 12 pulse slave 12 pulse slave P077 0 P077 1 077 2 077 4 077 5 077 6 Res Basic Basic Res sic 1002 1001 1001 1010 1002 2001 1003 Ea RUM 2001 2001 2001 O O 1001 The factory setting for P607 002 responsible for the optional SCI1 2 module is UJ 5 20 22 Ris DID ojo IN E e ET e A e
226. p the actual DC link voltage r037 between 400 and 600 V to 0 00V to 10 00 V at the analog output Connect up parameter R037 at the analog output P655 CUR AA actual values 037 Converter the required output range in 96 r037 should be taken from the parameter list Section 5 Analog output 100 1 35 x P071 in this case 1 35 x 400 V 540 V Thus the following is obtained for the range to be represented 400 V gt 74 05 Parameter value PWE1 to be represented as 1 0 00 V 600 V gt 111 07 Parameter value PWE2 to be represented as 10 00 V Define gain factor P656 and offset P657 The following is obtained from the formula shown above Un V V x 100 E Gain factor E m V Uwe V x _ 0 00 V 10 00 V x 100 PWE PWE 74 05 111 07 Is 10 00 V x100 27 03 V 37 Offset V Gain factor PWE _ ov 2728 74 05 100 100 0 v 22 V x 74 05 1998 V 100 be adjusted gain P656 27 03V offset P657 19 98V 4 32 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up Example 2 Available P075 rated DC current 420 A Required Map the output current r035 between 630 and 630 A to 10 00 V to 10 00 A at the analog output Connect up parameter r035 at the analog output P655 CUR AA actual values 035 Convert the required out
227. pply This is why it is only permitted to open the unit after observing an appropriate waiting time The power and control terminals may still be live even in the event of motor standstill Despite disconnecting the power terminals from the supply terminal X19 may still be live due to the external fan supply If work on the activated unit is necessary do not touch any live parts use only proper measuring equipment and protective work clothing stand or sit on an unearthed and isolated surface that does justice to ESD requirements Non observance of warning notices can result in death severe personal injury or considerable property damage You should know the order and factory numbers of your unit when consulting the service department You will find these numbers and other important data on the rating plate of the unit 8 1 Maintenance recommendations The fans are designed for a service life of 35 000 hours Size C and 40 000 hours Size E H and K at an ambient temperature of Ta 40 C To guarantee the availability of the unit at all times the fans must be replaced in good time Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 8 1 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions Maintenance 12 95 8 2 Replacing components 8 2 1 Replacing the fan WARNING The fan must only be replaced by qualified personnel As the result of the dc link capacitors in the connected SIMOVERT Master Drives the unit still contains a haza
228. put range in r035 should be taken from the parameter list Section 5 Analog output 100 P075 Thus the following is obtained for the range to be represented 630 A gt 150 Parameter value PWE1 represented as V off1 10 00 V 630 A gt 150 Parameter value PWE2 represented as Voff2 410 00 V Define gain factor P656 and offset P657 The following is obtained from the formula shown above U V Uot2 V x 100 ges B om V Uere V _ 210 00 V 10 00 V x 100 PWE PWEe 150 150 _ 20 00 Vx100 567V 300 Gain factor V x PWE 6 67 V 150 00 aki eue yp Siete Z 10 V 10 00 V 20 00 V To be adjusted Gain P656 6 67 V offset P657 0 00 V Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 4 33 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 12 95 4 3 6 Serial interfaces 4 3 6 1 1 Basic converter interface SST1 The USS protocol universal serial interface is implemented at the basic converter interface SST1 The following documentation is available depending on the particular application of the SST1 basic converter interface Connection of higher level programmable controllers with USS protocol SIMOVERT Master Drives Use of the serial interface with USS protocol Order No 65 7087 6 87 4 0 Additional general comments regarding connecting up and parameterization Connecting up Also refer to Control terminal s
229. railing edge of Ud reduction command causes the output of ramp up return element precharging time P329 to be set to the current value of DC link voltage so that the DC link voltage setpoint can ramp up again from this value The L signal of the Ud reduction command causes the Ud reduced message status word 1 bit 13 to be held low regardless of the DC link voltage level 4 20 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up Bit 12 Regenerating enable command Regenerating enable The REGENERATING ENABLE command is executed with an H signal After the command has been accepted The regenerating bridge of the rectifier regenerating unit is enabled firing pulse enable Bit 12 Regenerating inhibit command L Regenerating inhibit The REGENERATING INHIBIT command is executed with an L signal After the command has been accepted The regenerative branch of the rectifier regenerating unit is inhibited firing pulse inhibit Bit 13 Fault external 3 command L Fault external 3 The command is executed with an L signal After the command has been accepted Changeover to the FAULT status 007 fault 2038 The firing pulses are inhibited and the main contactor if installed drops out see also Chapter 7 Faults and Warnings Bit 14 Power direction command H Motoring L Generating The command is used to specify the power direction
230. ransport unpacking 2 1 2 1 Transport unpack aisha eme e tebe Shea 2 1 2 2 wreck A 2 1 2 3 ASSOITIDIy n Sota ni end 2 1 2 4 DImension dramngs u u 2 3 3 COMME CHOON eei tle ae hentia ont nat 3 1 3 1 Power connections uA a Sa esi 3 2 3 2 Power supply and main contactor J LLL enne nennen nennen 3 14 3 2 1 Short circuit withstand capability for sizes and K sse 3 15 3 3 Control terminal block and serial interface 3 15 3 3 1 Connectors for the control terminal block eene 3 15 3 3 2 Connecting the 4 nnne nennen 3 16 3 3 3 Terminals and setting elements on the CUR A10 module 3 17 3 3 4 Connecting up the parameterizing unit 2 0440400 00 3 19 3 4 Measures for keeping to RFI suppression regulations 3 19 3 5 Single line diagrams with suggested circuit arrangements 3 20 3 6 POWEI SECHIOMS rr 3 28 3 7 Parallel connection of parallel unit s size sss 3 47 3 7 1 Si
231. rd 2 2 BR Display of the control word 2 bits 16 to 31 see Section 4 3 1 1 2 1 9 7 2 Pool Ms I ul PNU 227Hex Type V2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Status Word 1 Display of the status word 1 bits 0 to 15 see Section 4 3 1 2 2 Pal PP Pio of PNU 228Hex Type V2 Scaling 1 2 1 Status Word 2 Display of the status word 2 bits 16 to 31 see Section 4 3 1 2 2 Pol Peal Pd I et n PNU 229Hex Type V2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Src ON OFF1 0 to 6005 Source of the ON OFF1 command control word 1 bit 0 002 1001 0 OFF1 1 Not allowed 1001 CUR binary input 1 1010 PMU ON OFF keys Other values see allowed settings in Section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word B R Parameter PNU 22AHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Src1 OFF2 1 to 6005 2 1001 1010 Source 1 of the OFF2 command control word 1 bit 1 002 1002 0 Not allowed 1 Condition for operation 1002 binary input 2 of the CUR board Other values see allowed settings in Section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word B R Parameter PNU 22BHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 5 17 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Parameter List 12 95 OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Description Selection text Factory access setting status Src2 OF
232. rdous voltage up to 5 min after isolation Non observance of warning notices can result in death severe personal injury or considerable property damage Size C The fan is located on the underside of the unit O Undo both 4 x 49 Torx screws Remove the protective grille z lt 4 4 x 49 Torx T20 Pull the fan down and extract the connector X20 Install a new fan in reverse order Before commissioning the unit check that the fan does not rub and also check the air flow Fan 1 direction arrow pointing upward The air Protective grille must be discharged from the unit in the St x 49 Torx T20 upward direction Figure 8 1 Protective grille and fan 24 V for size Size E The fan is located on the right underside of the unit Undo the M4 x 8 T20 Torx screw securing the fan Extract the plug in terminal X29 Undo the M4 x 8 T20 Torx screw for earth connection Pull the fan out of the unit towards the front left Install a new fan in reverse order Before commissioning the unit check that the fan does not rub and also check the air flow direction The air must be discharged from the unit in the upward direction Fan E1 Figure 8 2 Fan AC 230V for size E 8 2 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Maintenance Size H The fan is located in the fan box on the top of the unit
233. rection of measured values for thyristor voltage acquisition parameters for special access U On completion of the function Ready to switch on 009 appears in the display If a fault message occurs during circuit identification the cause of the fault must be eliminated and the function repeated see Section 7 1 Circuit identification for 12 pulse mode must be carried out in succession on the 12 pulse master and on the 12 pulse slave units see Section 3 8 5 4 44 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up 4 3 9 8 Display modified parameters 52 22 This function is used to display all parameters regardless of the access stage that differ from the factory setting i e plant specific parameters This function only works with operator control via the PMU but not with the OP1 Adjustable parameters that have no factory setting 070 or whose value depends on other parameters P071 are regarded as modified Those parameters that are dependent on P077 see Section 4 3 9 1 Factory setting whose values differ from the setting for P077 0 are also regarded as modified Modified parameters for special access are also displayed that are only accessible to specially trained personnel using P799 The Display modified parameters function can be selected in all operating statuses Procedure P052 22 Select the Display modified parameters function
234. result in a total relative short circuit voltage between 4 and 10 Connect the fan power supply to X19 The fan continues to run for about four minutes or until a certain cooling element temperature threshold is undershot provided its power supply is connected after the unit has been switched off following fault messages on canceling the enable signal and after isolating the system supply connection Despite switching the voltage off at the power terminals a voltage may still exist on terminal X19 due to the external fan supply The supply voltages applied to the rectifier and regenerating power terminals U1 L1 V1 L2 W1 L3 and 1U2 1T1 1V2 1T2 1W2 1T3 must have an identical phase angle and identical frequency Recommendation The inductive components of the impedance drop of the auto transformer should lie between 1 5 and 3 see Table 3 4 Commutating reactor Selection of the reactors for 4 should be based on the rated current in regenerative mode on the line side see Technical Data In weak or low power systems the of the commutating reactor must be decreased in order not to exceed the upper limit for the total of 10 A further measure in the case of extremely high values for the supply network can be implemented by connecting the primary side of the autotransformer to the supply network directly before the commutating reactors to ensure that the total value the regenerating direct
235. rial Communication Board Description for Setting Only the following combinations of PCBs and positions are admitted Position 3 P091 Position 2 P090 CB TB SCB CB CB TB SCB TB CB SCB PNU 5AHex 2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 Board Position 3 0103 PCB in position 3 center of electronic box Text as for P090 Description see PO90 PCB position 2 PNU 5BHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List PNU Conf Par OP1 parameter name Description Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Selection text Factory access setting status 5 6 141 Data of the DC link Rectifier Resist Circuit resistance in the rectifier bridge This parameter is automatically set when circuit identification takes place P052 21 RDS parameter PNU 6EHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 001 Rectifier Induct Circuit inductance of the rectifier bridge This parameter is automatically set when circuit identification takes place P052 21 RDS parameter PNU 6FHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 4 0 01 Inverter Resist Circuit resistance of the regenerative bridge This parameter is automatically set when circuit identification takes place P052 21 RDS parameter PNU 70Hex 2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 001 Inverter Induct Circuit inductance of the regenerative bridge This parameter is automatically s
236. rnal 1 is present in control word bit 15 If this fault is output at a terminal strip CUR SCB1 an L signal appears there for this fault signal Bit 20 Signal Fault external 2 H An H signal indicates that a Fault external 2 is present in control word bit 26 If this fault is output at a terminal strip CUR SCB1 an L signal appears there for this fault signal Bit 21 Signal External alarm H An H signal indicates that an Alarm external 1 is present in control word bit 28 or an alarm external 2 in control word bit 29 If this fault is output at a terminal strip CUR SCB1 an L signal appears there for this fault signal Bit 22 Signal Alarm I t power section H H signal indicates that the I2t alarm power section A025 is present Also refer to Section 7 Fault and Alarm Messages If this alarm is output at a terminal strip CUR SCB1 an L signal appears there for this fault signal Bit 23 Signal Overtemperature fault signal power section H An H signal indicates that an Power section temperature too high fault F023 is present Also refer to Section 7 Fault and Alarm Messages If this fault is output at a terminal strip CUR SCB1 an L signal appears there for this fault signal Bit 24 Signal Overtemperature alarm power section H An H signal indicates that the Power section temperature too high alarm A022 is present Also refer to Section 7 Fault and Alarm Messages If this fau
237. rs The connection to this unit is implemented via the RS485 interface and USS protocol If your PC does not have an RS485 interface you have to connect an RS232 RS485 interface converter to the 1 or COM2 RS 232 interface An interface converter of this type is supplied under the order number 65 7005 0 00 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 9 5 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Options 12 95 SIMOVIS functions e Menu driven setting up using the PC all parameters can be set that are required for operation e Reading and writing any preferred parameter sets Upread Download e Setting and monitoring all parameters of the unit using graphical methods e Operation of the unit via screen forms Issuing control commands e Evaluation of faults and alarms Overview of faults and alarms for all equipment connected to the bus SIMOVIS is supplied with every unit on diskette in the diskette pocket at the back of the manual The installation and operating instructions for the software is supplied in the form of a Windows WRITE file and as an ASCII text on the installation disks ANLEITNG WRI Operating instructions in Windows Write format ANLEITNG TXT Operating instructions in ASCII text format If WINDOWS Version 3 1 upwards is installed on your PC you can load ANLEITNG WRI into MS WRITE and print it out 7 pages It is also possible under DOS to print out the file ANLEITNG
238. s in Section 4 3 1 1 process data wiring of the control word No base reserve changeover possible PNU 24EHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Src ContactorMsg 1 to 4216 Source of the Main contactor energized message control word 2 bit 31 0 Not allowed 1 No main contactor checkback signal 1001 to 1005 CUR terminals 4101 to 4116 SCB SCI1 terminals serial I O 4201 to 4216 SCB SCI2 terminals serial I O For details see Section 4 3 1 1 Notes If the function is active pulses are released as soon as the message is available No base reserve settings possible PNU 24FHex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 5 22 CW SW 12 Pulse Display of control status word for 12 pulse mode bit 0 to 15 see Section 3 8 4 Pal Pie Pio of Ma PAP AT PNU 257Hex Type V2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Trg Bit Ready On 0 to 4212 Destination of the status bit ready for turn ON status word 1 bit 0 Power is ON the drive may be turned on Depending on the selected index all settings according to Section 4 3 1 2 process data wiring of the status word may be selected i01 GG selection of a base drive terminal i02 SCI selection of a SCI1 2 terminal PNU 258Hex Type L2 Scaling 1Hex 1 Trg Bit Rdy Oper 0 to 4212 Destination of the status bit Ready for operation status word 1 bit 1 All the settings specified in Section 4 3 1 2 process data wiring of the status word are permissible depending on the index selected Parameter values indices
239. sformer range Duty factor Duty factor current current 25 22 1EC85 1AA0 18 380 415 50 60 4AP2795 0UA11 8A 4AP2595 0UA11 8A 440 460 60 4AP2795 0UA21 8A 4AP2595 0UA21 8A 24 1EC85 1AA0 380 415 50 60 4AP3095 0UA11 8A 4AP2795 0UA01 8A 440 460 60 4AP3095 0UA21 8A 4AP2795 0UA51 8A 28 6 85 1 0 380 415 50 60 4AU3995 0UA01 8A 4AP3095 0UA01 8A 31 7 85 1 0 32 2EE85 1AA0 440 460 4 03995 00 11 8 4AP3095 0UA71 8A 33 1 85 1 0 per 36 74 149 4AU3995 0UA51 8A 192 7 269 03 526 710 888 2 4AU3995 0UA61 8A 2 4BU4395 0UA41 8A 4BU4595 0UA61 8A 34 6EE85 1AA0 4 4 4BU4795 0UA61 8A 36 1EE85 1AA0 4BU5195 0UA31 8A 38 2EH85 1 AAO 4BU5395 0UA61 8A 41 0EH85 1AA0 4BU5495 0UA21 8A 41 3EK85 1AA0 1156 1276 4BU5695 0UA41 8A Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 3 11 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 20 40 82 165 12 97 360 44 581 784 980 Connection 12 96 Unit Order No Line voltage Autotransformer Autotransformer range Duty factor Duty factor current current 15 100 25 sm Wa mere 440460 4BU6296 0UA7 8A 4BU5695 0UA51 8A FTP 575 60 _ 4AP3695 0UA0 8A 4AP2795 UA31 8A mr ee _ 4AP3895 UAH 3A 4AP3095 90A SEA 4AU3995 0UA71 8A 4AU3095 0UA01 8A 31 5FE85 1AA0 131 145 500 50 60 4BU4595 0UA31 8A 4AU3995 0UB11 8A 575 60 4BU4595 0UB11 8A 4UA3995 0
240. snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB23 6SE7041 8FK85 1AA0 network 6SE7041 8FK85 1AD0 Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB26 6SE7037 7HH85 1 AAO network Ebene B Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB27 65 7037 7 85 1 0 network Ebene A Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB28 6SE7041 0HH85 1AA0 network Ebene B Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB30 6SE7041 0HH85 1AA0 network Ebene A Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB31 6SE7041 3HK85 1AA0 network 6SE7041 3HK85 1ADO Ebene B Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB32 6SE7041 3HK85 1AA0 network 6SE7041 3HK85 1ADO Ebene A Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB33 6SE7041 5HK85 1AA0 network 65 7041 5 85 1 Ebene Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB34 6SE7041 5HK85 1AA0 network 65 7041 5 85 1 Ebene Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB35 65 7041 8 85 1 0 network 65 7041 8 85 1 Ebene Thyristor block with snubber RC 6SY7010 0AB36 65 7041 8 85 1 0 network 65 7041 8 85 1 F2 Fuse link 6SY7010 2AA02 6SE7022 1EC85 1AA0 6SE7024 1EC85 1AA0 6SE7028 6EC85 1AA0 6SE7022 7FC85 1 AAO 6SE7024 1FC85 1 AAO 6SE7027 2FC85 1AA0 6SE7028 8FC85 1AA0 6SE7031 7EE85 1AA0 6SE7032 2EE85 1AA0 6SE7033 1EE85 1AA0 6SE7033 8EE85 1AA0 6SE7034 6EE85 1AA0 6SE7036 1EE85 1AA0 6SE7031 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 4FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 7FE85 1AA0 6SE7033 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7034 2FE85 1AA0 6SE7035 4FE85 1AA0 6SE7031 4HE85 1AA0 6S
241. submodule C98043 A1690 has been plugged into the A10 CUR electronic module C98043 A1680 See Sections 9 6 and 3 8 7 The transmission protocol used for SST2 is the Peer to Peer protocol 3 8 2 Hardware requirements configuration of the power sections The sub currents of the 3 phase AC supplies are decoupled on the line side line side with respect to the unit terminals through inductances due to the secondary leakage inductance of the 12 pulse transformer commutating reactors and in the regenerative direction also due to the leakage inductance of the autotransformers if present Note A 12 pulse transformer alone is not always sufficient for decoupling because the two secondary windings of the transformer are magnetically coupled When the 12 pulse master and the 12 pulse slave are directly supplied from a high power 12 pulse transformer i e without the intermediate connection of commutating reactors the DC link currents in non pulsating operation each comprise 30 degree current blocks because at intervals of 30 degrees a commutating process takes place from secondary winding 1 to secondary winding 2 or vice versa Additional commutating reactors can only be dispensed with when a 12 pulse transformer is used that has a sufficiently large secondary leakage inductance or sufficiently large value between secondary winding 1 and secondary winding 2 The following points must be complied with e Supply of th
242. t Rated voltage Rectifier connection 500 to 575V three phase AC 15 1 Regenerative connection using an auto transformer 1 2 times the voltage of the rectifier connection DC link voltage 675 to 780V DC 15 Rated frequency fn Input 46 to 64 automatic frequency matching Output Rated current rms value With autotransformer Regenerating line side Regenerating unit side Rectifier operation Without autotransformer Regenerating unit side Rectifier operation Load class 110 EN 60146 1 1 of the DC link current GERE 65 in rectifier operation currents reduced to 92 in operator Rated current average DC link connection Rectifier operation Load class II to EN 60146 1 1 of the DC link current average value in rectifier operation currents reduced to 92 in regenerative operation Losses cooling Power dissipation Maximum Cooling air requirement 0 028 0 028 0 028 0 028 Sound pressure level dimensions weight m m m Size Width 1 1 1 1 Height 600 600 600 600 without securing bracket 1 208 to 230V Input voltage see Chapter 1 Description Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 14 5 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Technical Data 12 95 Rated voltage rated frequency rated current Rated voltage Rectifier connection 500 to 575V three phase AC 15 1 Regenerative connection using an auto transformer 1 2 times the
243. t The female terminal strip X27 on module A23 of the basic unit is connected to the male terminal strip X28 on module A23 of the parallel unit via a 50 core ribbon cable Parallel connection of a second parallel unit The female terminal strip X27 on module A23 of the first parallel unit is connected to the male terminal strip X28 on module A23 of the second parallel unit via a 50 core ribbon cable The parallel unit s should be installed to the left of the basic unit see Figure 3 36 Parallel unit Parallel unit Basic unit C98043 A1695 1x28 Figure 3 36 Connection of firing pulse signals and monitoring signals for the parallel units Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 3 47 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Connection 12 95 NOTE The permissible output current for a parallel arrangement is reduced due to the current division between the power sections by 10 as compared with the sum of the rated currents of the separate power sections The following is required to ensure even current distribution between the basic unit and parallel unit s Identical phases for the power section connections of the rectifier regenerating units between the basic units and parallel unit s Use of identical power components see above table for the corresponding parallel units and basic units Commutating reactors and autotransformers specific for each basic and parallel unit with identical tech
244. t Meaning Possible causes value Countermeasures Feedb Cont No checkback signal from main contactor If a main contactor checkback signal is configured and is not received within 500 ms after the power up command Line Over V Line overvoltage Voltage at terminals X1 U1 L1 or X1 W1 L3 and or X4 1U2 1T1 X4 1V2 1T2 or X4 1W2 1T3 greater than the response threshold 120 of P071 Line Under V Line undervoltage Voltage at terminals X1 U1 L1 or X1 W1 L3 and or X4 1U2 1T1 X4 1V2 1T2 or X4 1W2 1T3 lower than the response threshold 074 and 071 Line Frequ Line frequency outside permissible range This fault message is generated if the line frequency is lower than 45 Hz or higher than 65 2 Bus Over V DC link voltage The unit was shutdown due to an excessive DC link voltage Line voltage Shutdown threshold range 380Vto460V 835 V 500 V to 575 V 1042 V 660 V to 690 V 1244 V AuxPowerOFF Failure or overvoltage of the electronics supply voltage in Run status or at least one power section connected in parallel reports Power supply faulted Rec PhaseFlt Phase failure in the rectifier bridge The rms line voltage calculated from the area of each line voltage half wave average rectification value x peak value must be greater than the response value for phase failure monitoring The interval between two identical line voltage zeros of the voltage for the rectifier conv
245. t texts every fault text is saved in the index equivalent to its fault number PNU 3B7Hex 02 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 of Faults Number of faults stored in the fault memory max 8 If the parameter is to 0 the diagnosis memory r748 trip times r947 fault number r949 fault value is cleared PNU 3B8Hex 02 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 Warning Param 1 Warning Parameter 1 If a warning numbers 1 to 16 is active the related bar in the display is ON leis s Pu of PP For the meaning of the individual warnings see Chapter 7 PNU 3B9Hex Type V2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Warning Param 2 Warning Parameter 2 If a warning numbers 17 to 32 is active the related bar in the display is ON P Pos Par 285 Pah il 5 7 PNU 3BAHex Type V2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Warning Param 3 Warning Parameter 3 If a warning numbers 33 to 48 is active the related segment in the display is ON Pal P 94 9 Fal s PNU 3BBHex Type V2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Warning Param 4 Warning Parameter 4 If a warning numbers 49 to 64 is active the related segment in the display is ON Fs Pe Pss sl Pss sal Psi PNU 3BCHex Type V2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 5 41 Parameter List 12 95 PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Con
246. t the specified value only applies for P077 0 See Section 4 3 9 1 Generate factory setting for more details 5 2 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List PNU OP1 parameter name Value range Display See phys unit Indices Modify Conf Description Selection text Factory access setting status Par 5 1 Operation display Operation Display Status display faults and warnings of the S F unit For description see Chapter 6 Operator control 0014 9001 9000 Run No thyristor bridge in circuit Rectifier bridge in circuit Regenerative bridge in circuit Test phase Wait until the thyristor test and or earth fault test has been completed Selection function P3530 and or P3540 Note The thyristor test can only be conducted if the DC link voltage is less than 5 of 1 35 P071 Following an ON command therefore wait in operating status 0012 until this condition is satisfied Wait for Run enable Wait for Run enable Wait for system voltage Wait until the system voltage has been checked Wait for voltage at power terminals X1 U1 X1 V1 X1 W1 rectifier bridge Wait for voltage at power terminals X4 1U2 X4 1V2 X4 1W2 regenerative bridge Wait for checkback signal System contactor energized Waiting state before energizing the system contactor Waiting time P409 Wait for Ready to Switch On Wait for Ready to Switch On OFF1 act
247. te source wiring for the ON command P554 P555 and other external control commands and the reserve setting index i002 is used to operate the unit as a stand alone unit with user control on site via the OP1 or PMU Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 3 57 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Connection 12 95 Parameterizing a unit as 12 pulse slave see Section 3 8 3 Using P077 5 6 almost all settings required for the parameterization as 12 pulse slave can be carried out automatically see Chapter 4 3 9 1 Meaning of 77 5 or 6 P077 5 Basic setting index 1001 12 pulse slave all control is carried out the master Reserve setting index i002 stand alone unit with operator control via PMU P077 6 Basic setting index 1001 12 pulse slave all control is carried out via the master Reserve setting index i002 stand alone unit with operator control via OP1 Note When the reserve setting is selected the unit operates as a stand alone unit with on site operator control Changeover between the basic and reserve settings takes place via binary input 5 P590 1005 but the reserve setting can be set permanently via P590 1 Procedure for carrying out the P077 dependent factory setting see Section 4 3 9 1 Set P0512 3 expert mode Set P052 2 Select Initialize function set MLFB so that 77 can be modified Set P077 5 or 6 Select the required P077 dependent parameter setting
248. ter the command has been accepted Changeover to the status WAIT FOR LINE VOLTAGE 010 The main contactor is closed Changeover to the status READY STATUS 011 Changeover to the status TEST PHASE 012 Takes place only if thyristor or ground fault test P353 P354 selected Changeover to the RUN status 014 Pre charging is carried out followed by normal operation 0 OFF1 command L OFF1 The OFF1 command stop is executed with an L signal After the command has been accepted The rectifier regenerating unit discharges the DC link with the fixed discharge ramp of 2 5 to about 20 of Ug The firing pulses are then inhibited and the main contactor if installed drops out If the OFF1 command is removed again ON command during the discharge process the latter is interrupted and changeover is made again to the RUN 014 status Ifthe rectifier regenerating unit is in the READY status the firing pulses are disabled and the main contact if installed drops out Ifthere is no OFF2 command Changeover to the READY TO SWITCH ON status 009 1 OFF2 command L OFF2 The OFF2 command electrical is realized with an L signal After the command has been accepted The firing pulses are inhibited and the main contact drops out Changeover into the SWITCH ON INHIBIT status 008 NOTE The OFF2 command is simultaneously effective from three sources P555 P556 and P557 NOTE Priority of the OFF co
249. the basic unit contains the rated current for a single power section LED display on the A23 power interface module C98043 A1695 of a parallel unit Green LED H11 lit The power supply on this parallel unit is operating Yellow LED H12 lit On this parallel unit the highest temperature of any power section connected in parallel has been measured this does not necessarily mean over temperature If the yellow H12 LED is not lit on any of the parallel units the highest temperature is currently measured at the power section of the basic unit Red LED H13 lit A fuse has fused on this parallel unit Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 3 49 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Connection 3 7 1 Single line diagrams with suggested circuit arrangements for parallel connection A086 A068 A082 9 9 OG B A029 019 OG AOE OVI 601 0 7 AOE OVI 2 6 Lx 1 61 0 mm mum n mum m x mun 100 sj jun ueJ jun uey HUN uoll99s uonoes 9691 67086 891 V v086D aom eee eee ee er yun 29114 Ajddns JO jeuondo 2914 yun 21529 209
250. tifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Start Up Indexed parameters Several parameter values are assigned to one parameter number which be accessed via the separate indices in brief i001 i002 etc The meaning of the indices of the respective parameter parameter number is explained in the parameter list in Chapter 5 Index P683 i001 0 Bus address for serial interface SST1 CUR Index2 i002 2 Bus address for serial interface on the SCB module Example Data sets Indexed parameters can be sub divided according to data sets A data set comprises a group of several parameter values with the same index Depending on the status of certain control word bits a specific data record is accessed see the function diagram for selecting the data sets in Section 4 4 There are two types of data set Data sets for basic reserve setting B R can be selected via control 2 bit 30 Associated source selection parameter P590 Affected parameters P486 P554 to P557 P561 P565 to P569 P571 to P575 P578 P579 P583 and P586 to P589 e g for changing over between manual and automatic operation 4 changeover reserve data sets RDS 1 2 3 or 4 selectable via the bit combination in control word 2 bits 18 and 19 Associated source selection parameters P578 P579 Affected parameters P140 to P144 P160 P161 P310 to P320 P329 P408 P517 P518 P773 to P777
251. ting the control leads and handling the shielding clamps If two shielding clamps cannot cope with the number of control leads on the Size C unit the EMC shielding enclosure option should be used Order number SizeC 6SE7090 0XC87 3CA0 3 16 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 12 96 Connection 3 3 3 Terminals and setting elements on the CUR A10 module R135 H A10 CUR PMU X100 51 52 2 101 x102 R136 Hi X104 Figure 3 7 Control terminals setting elements on the CUR Seiting elements switches 51 S2 Both open bus termination for the RS485 interface terminals X100 1 to X100 4 e R135 and R136 Both closed Bus termination for the RS485 interface active 1500Q between RS485P and RS485N 39000 from RS485P to 5V supply 3900 from RS485N to earth 0Q resistances as earth frame M connection M is connected to earth when the unit is supplied Remove these resistances only to avoid faults due to earth loops i e if the electronics frame is connected in some other way to earth e g through signal leads or the frame terminal of the power supply unit If option modules are used a further earth frame M connection may have to be removed please refer to the description of these modules Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 3 17 Rectifier Regen
252. tion 52 21 or whether just to reset the status 52 0 Drive setting can be selected in the following statuses Switch on inhibit Ready to switch on or Fault Procedure 052 5 Function selection Drive setting 51 3 Access stage Expert mode if all parameters which can be accessed in the drive setting status A are required All parameters which can be written into the drive setting A status see right hand column of the parameter list in Chapter 5 can be changed if necessary 052 20 Function selection Forming refer to Section 4 3 9 6 P052 21 Function selection Circuit identification refer to Section 4 3 9 7 U P052 0 Return The display appears r000 while parameters and internal variables are being de assigned depending on the function selected The Switch on inhibit 008 or Ready to switch on 009 operating display appears after the selected function or selection has been completed Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 4 41 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 12 95 4 3 9 6 Form DC link P052 20 DANGER The Form DC link function may only be implemented if the rectifier regenerating unit and the converter s connected have the same voltage class 9th digit position of the MLFB If the converters have been left to stand idle for more than a year the DC link capacitors must be re formed If the converters are taken into servic
253. tion boards Indexes 1001 Destination Analog output 1 from slave 1 i002 Destination Analog output 2 from slave 1 i003 Destination Analog output 3 from slave 1 i004 Destination Analog output 1 from slave 2 i005 Destination Analog output 2 from slave 2 i006 Destination Analog output 3 from slave 2 P690 SCB actual values Output via the SCB1 interface with peer to peer protocol or SCB2 also refer to the Instruction Manual for the option boards Indexes i001 Destination Word 01 of the telegram PZD i016 Destination Word 16 of the telegram PZD P694 CB TB actual values Output via the CB or TB interface also refer to the Instruction Manual for the option boards and Sections 4 3 6 2 DPR Indices Bra Destination itt 01 of the telegram PZD i016 Destination Word 16 of the telegram PZD NOTE For telegram data transfer P680 P690 P694 it is generally necessary practical to assign Word 01 of the telegram PZD with status word 1 r968 or r552 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 4 29 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Start Up 12 95 4 3 2 Binary inputs 5 binary inputs 24V which can be parameterized at the control terminal strip board CUR X101 to enter commands external faults alarms as well as a checkback signal to the rectifier regenerating unit control word Connecting up Refer to Section 3 3 Control terminal strip Parameterization Refer to Section 4 3 1 1 Control word
254. tion to DC link interrupted e g fuse blown 0 Message defective CUR module defect X11 X12 X13 X14 Thyristor cannot be fired Thyristor cannot be fired Thyristor cannot be fired Thyristor cannot be fired Thyristor cannot be fired Thyristor cannot be fired X15 X16 GR RE 2 more thyristors of the rectifier bridge cannot be fired X21 X22 X23 X24 Thyristor cannot be fired Thyristor cannot be fired Thyristor cannot be fired Thyristor cannot be fired Thyristor cannot be fired Thyristor cannot be fired X25 X26 Firing pulse line to relevant thyristor interrupted Ribbon cable X109 not correctly plugged in or interrupted and ribbon cable X27 in the case of power section connected in parallel Defect in electronics and or power interface module internal interruption on the gate line in the thyristor module Connection to DC link interrupted e g fuse blown As under 11 to 16 As under 11 to 16 2 or more thyristors of the Parameter 076 wrong regenerative bridge cannot be fired As under 11 to 16 Thyristor cannot block gate X11 or X21 Thyristor cannot block gate X12 or X22 Thyristor cannot block gate X13 or X23 Thyristor cannot block gate X14 or X24 Thyristor cannot block gate X15 or X25 Thyristor cannot block gate X16 or X26 As under 1 to 6 Fault and Alarm Messages 7 2 Alarm messages 12 95 The warnin
255. traBe 29 63069 Offenbach Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 11 94 Index 15 Index To appear shortly Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 15 1 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Index 11 94 15 2 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions SIMOVIS Disk1 SIMOVIS Disk 2 09 97 The following versions have appeared so far Version Internal Part number C98130 A1234 A1 01 7647 98130 1234 1 02 7647 98130 1234 1 03 7647 98130 1234 1 05 7647 F 98130 1234 1 06 7647 Version F consists of the following chapters Chapier Date of Edition General 1 12 95 2 12 95 5 4 4 1 1 1 2 1 Description Transport unpacking assembly 12 95 Connection __2 60 129 Start Up Parameter List 6 Operatorcontrol 195 Fault and Alarm Messages 8 2 6 1298 as 2 12 95 Maintenance 9 Options 10 Spare parts 11 Blank 12 Logbook Environmental compatibility 12 95 05 95 14 Technical data 12 95 Drives and Standard Products from Siemens Electronic Plant Vienna P O Box 83 A 1211 Vienna Subject to change without notice Order No 6SE7087 6AK85 1 AAO Printed in Austria Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions
256. transmit the H signal ForanL signal the last values are retained in the appropriate dual port RAM of the interface An H signal appears in the visualization parameter r550 control word 1 if one of the interfaces transmits an H signal Bit 11 Ud reduction command H Ud reduction requested The command is executed with an H signal After the command has been accepted The DC link voltage setpoint drops to the value set with P318 P318 Setpoint 135 U 100 00 Supply rectifier 100 00 Atthe same time the intermediate DC link voltage threshold for enabling the regenerating bridge is reduced U Supply regenerating to the following value if an autotransformer is not present i e when lt 117 Supply rectifier P318 Supply regenerating 100 00 This causes the signal Regenerating ready status word 1 bit 10 to switch to low 135 0 The DC link should now discharge When the DC link voltage drops below the following threshold value P318 2 Supply rectifier 100 00 100 a the message Ud reduced status word 1 bit 13 is issued and a converter connected to the DC link can regenerate At the same time as the message Ud reduced is issued for which the hysteresis of P319 applies the regenerating bridge is enabled such that the DC link voltage threshold for the message Regenerating ready is set to a higher value 135 0 135 071 The appearance of a t
257. trip Section 3 3 Communications can either be realized via the terminal strip of CUR X100 RS485 standard or the interface connector on PMU X300 9 pin SUB D connector RS485 Only one of the two possible connections X100 or X300 may be used The bus terminating resistors total 150 Q must be switched in at the last bus node slave To realize this jumpers of DIP FIX switches S1 and S2 must be closed on board CUR Parameterization Defining the interface P683 to P687 Define the process data control word status word setpoints actual values for the interface Refer to Process data Section 4 3 1 Enabling parameterization P053 or P927 NOTE The factory setting refer to Parameter list Chapter 5 can be used if the SST1 basic converter interface is not used 4 3 6 1 2 Basic converter interface SST2 A2 X117 see Section 9 6 Options 4 3 6 2 Dual port RAM DPR for SCB CB TB The dual port RAM is the internal interface on the CUR X107 to connect possible option boards via the backplane bus of the electronics box LDA bus adapter required Possible option boards TB Technology board SCB serial communications board CB Communications board To connect possible option boards and parameterize the interface also refer to the Section 3 5 Recommended circuits as well as in the appropriate Instruction Manuals to the various option boards Additional information can be taken fro
258. tting Every interface is coded by a number Input of the number or the total of several numbers which are related to interfaces gives parameterization access to these interfaces Example The factory setting 6 2442 means that BASE KEYPAD PMU and BASE SERIAL SST1 have parameterization access PNU 35Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Display Light 0 to 1 Backlight for the optional operation panel OP 0 Backlight always ON always ON 1 Backlight only ON during operation dur operat PNU 36Hex 2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 Copy Parameters 011 to 144 This parameter permits the copying of data sets 1 2 3 or 4 to data sets 1 2 3 or 4 Only those parameters specified in Section 4 4 Selecting the data sets are affected by the copying process whereby each of these parameters has 4 indices that are assigned to the 4 data sets Data set 1 can be set with the parameters Pxxx i001 Data set 2 can be set with the parameters Pxxx i002 Data set 3 can be set with the parameters Pxxx i003 Data set 4 can be set with the parameters Pxxx i004 Do nothing automatic reset value at the end of a copy operation 1xy contents of data set x x 1 2 3 or 4 are copied to data set y y 1 2 3 or 4 data set x remains unchanged the original contents of data set y are overwritten x and y are the respective data set numbers 1 2 3 or 4 of the source and destination data set Each copy operation is started by changing
259. ugated cardboard for units of size C The units of size E H and K are bolted onto pallets with fixing pieces in their usual operating position and packed with cardboard The packaging may be disposed of in accordance with local cardboard disposal regulations You should notify your freight forwarder immediately if you discover any transportation damage 2 2 Storage The units must be stored in clean dry rooms Temperatures between 25 C 13 F and 70 C 158 F are permissible Temperature fluctuations gt 20 K per hour are not permissible 2 3 Aids to assembly The following are required for securing size C Grail conforming to EN50035 with screws for securing one M6 bolt dimension drawing Figure 2 2 for size The following are required for securing size E four M8 bolts dimension drawing Figure 2 3 for size The following are required for securing size H four M8 bolts dimension drawing Figure 2 4 for size H The following are required for securing size K six M8 bolts dimension drawing Figure 2 5 for size Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 2 1 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Transport Unpacking and Assembly 12 96 WARNING For safe operation of the unit it is presumed it will be assembled and commissioned by qualified personnel paying attention to the warning notes given in these operating instructions Particular note must be taken both of the general and nat
260. und faults This is not a protective function as defined by the VDE guidelines Ground fault test inactive inactive Ground fault test when the first ON command is given after First ON switching on the electronics power supply Ground fault test at each ON command Any ON Ground fault test at the next ON command If no fault occurs Next ON parameter P353 is reset to 0 The ground fault test is only carried out if the DC link voltage is less than 5096 of 1 35 P071 otherwise it is automatically skipped PNU 162Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 5 14 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Parameter List PNU Conf Par OP1 parameter name Value range Display phys unit Indices Description Selection text Factory setting Auto Restart Auto restart after power outage If the power fails at one of the terminals U1 L1 V1 L2 W1 L3 1U2 1T1 1V2AT2 1W2 1T3 X9 1 and X9 2 or if the voltage is not within the permissible tolerance range and the DC link voltage has dropped beneath the P074 1 35 P071 threshold the S F unit responds as follows 0 Auto restart inhibited No automatic restart the corresponding fault message F003 F004 F005 F007 F009 or F010 is triggered Acknowledgment following power outage The rectifier regenerating unit enters status 9008 switch on inhibit or 0009 switch on off from the I O keys of the PMU On ON Reset power recover
261. urther information or if particular problem occur that are not dealt with in adequate detail in the operating instructions Attention is also drawn to the fact that the contents of this instruction manual shall not become part of or modify any prior or existing agreement commitment or legal relationship The sales contract which also contains the complete and solely valid warranty stipulations contains the entire obligations of Siemens These contractual warranty stipulations are neither extended nor limited by the statements given in instructions and documentation Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 0 7 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Definitions 11 94 CAUTION Electrostatically Sensitive Devices ESDs The equipment contains electrostatically sensitive devices These components may be destroyed very easily by improper handling Please observe the following notes if you nevertheless have to work with electronic modules Electronic modules should only be touched if absolutely necessary to carry out work on them If modules nevertheless have to be touched you must discharge your own body directly beforehand this is best done by touching an earthed conductive object such as the PE contact of a socket Modules must not come into contact with highly insulating materials e g plastic films insulating desktops or synthetic fibber clothing items Modules must only be placed on conductive surfaces When solder
262. ut Rated current rms value With autotransformer Regenerating line side Regenerating unit side Rectifier operation Without autotransformer Regenerating unit side Rectifier operation Load class I to EN 60146 1 1 of the DC link current average value in rectifier operation currents reduced to 92 in regenerative operation Rated current A 173 222 310 375 463 605 average DC link connection Rectifier operation Load class II to EN 60146 1 1 of the DC link current average value in rectifier operation currents reduced to 92 in regenerative operation psonn me e Je Excess cuventauaion ____ Losses cooling Losses cooling O dd NEN Maximum Sound pressure level dimensions NS m m p Standard Option 1 3AC 208 to 230V Input voltage see Chapter 1 Description Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 14 3 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Technical Data 12 95 R R unit 1AA0 38 2 85 41 0EH85 41 3EK85 41 8EK85 Rated voltage rated frequency rated current Rated voltage Rectifier connection 380 to 460V three phase AC 15 1 Regenerative connection using an auto transformer 1 2 times the voltage of the rectifier connection DC link voltage 510 to 620V 15 Rated frequency fn Input 46 to 64 automatic frequency matching Output Rat
263. ut 1 is a source for No external fault 1 and binary input 2 is a source for No external warning 1 If this is not required e g in the case of open terminals P575 1 and P588 1 must be set Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Connection Circuit identification Circuit identification should be carried out successively on the 12 pulse master and on the 12 pulse slave P052 21 must be set on each unit for this purpose and the switch on command for the 12 pulse slave comes from the 12 pulse master the control word wiring ensures that the partner unit in each case does not carry current or is held in the operating state r000 e Circuit identification procedure for 12 pulse master Set P052 21 on the 12 pulse master unit switch on circuit identification is carried out on the 12 pulse master e Circuit identification procedure for 12 pulse slave Set P052 21 on the 12 pulse slave unit switch on the 12 pulse master unit circuit identification is carried out on the 12 pulse slave Note If circuit identification is carried out with the basic settings selected operation as a 12 pulse slave all control is from the 12 pulse master the switch on command must come from the 12 pulse master and the power terminals of the 12 pulse master unit must be connected to the supply voltage Note When the reserve setting is selected on the 12 pulse slave unit with appropriat
264. value output over serial interface SST1 i002 0 Defines the parameter positions in the telegram RE i016 0 Notes Word 1 should be assigned status word 1 r552 r968 The length number of words of the process data part in the telegram is set with P686 Index i001 i001 Word 01 of the process data part of the telegram i002 Word 02 of the process data part of the telegram i016 Word 16 of the process data part of the telegram PNU 2A8Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 Scom2 Act Value 0 to 999 5 i001 599 Selection of the process data to be transmitted over serial interface SST2 1002 34 actual values with peer to peer protocol selected P688 1 i003 0 Defines the parameter positions in the telegram i004 0 i005 0 Notes The length number of words of the process data part in the peer to peer telegram is set with P686 Index i003 i001 Word 1 of the process data part of the telegram i002 Word 2 of the process data part of the telegram i005 Word 5 of the process data part of the telegram PNU 2A9Hex 02 Scaling 1Hex 4 1 SCom SCB BusAddr 3 BR Bus address of the serial communication interfaces i001 SST1 bus address of serial comm interface 1 CUR i002 SCB SCB baud rate if P682 1 2 SCB Protocol SCB can be operated as master for the SCI boards or as serial communications board see SCB manual 0 SCI Module Master for SCI boards SCI Module 124 wire USS 4 wire USS 2 2 wire USS
265. ve to be made externally on the system side Order No for three Unit Order No busbars 6SE7032 7FE87 3AE0 6SE7031 7EE85 1AA0 6SE7032 2EE85 1AA0 6SE7033 1EE85 1AA0 6SE7031 5FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 4FE85 1AA0 6SE7032 7FE85 1AA0 Rect connection 6SE7032 7HE87 3AE0 65 7033 8 85 1 0 65 7034 6 85 1 0 65 7033 5 85 1 0 65 7034 2 85 1 0 65 7031 4 85 1 0 65 7032 2 85 1 0 65 7032 7 85 1 0 Regen connection 6SE7034 2HE87 3AE0 6SE7036 1EE85 1AA0 6SE7035 4FE85 1AA0 6SE7034 2HE85 1AA0 Figure 2 8 Line connection w o autotransformer size E Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 2 7 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions Transport Unpacking and Assembly 12 96 2 8 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6AK85 1AA0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 96 Connection 3 Connection WARNING The units are operated at high voltages Only carry out connection work after disconnecting the voltage All work on the unit must only be carried out by qualified persons Non observance of warning notices can result in death severe personal injury or considerable property damage Damage or destruction can result if the unit is incorrectly connected As the result of the dc link capacitors in the connected SIMOVERT Master Drives the unit still contains a hazardous voltage up to 5 min after isolation This is why it is only permitted to open the unit after observing an appropriate waiting
266. ws U Torx drive T25 Loosen the two M10 hexagon head screws gt and swing the thyristor block out forwards Loosen M10 nut 1j and pull the thyristor block out upwards at an angle Rear thyristor block level B weight of a thyristor block approx 25 kg Unplug gate and cathode cables 2 Remove 2 M10 hexagon head screws 13 Remove 2 M10 hexagon head screws 12 Remove 2 M10 hexagon head screws 05 Loosen M10 nutG swing the thyristor block out forwards and pull the thyristor block out upwards at an angle The thyristor blocks are installed in the reverse order Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 8 9 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating instructions 12 95 Options 9 Options 9 1 Options which can be integrated into the electronics box One or two option boards listed in Table 9 1 can be inserted in the electronics box using the LBA option local bus adapter The options are supplied with the option description Desig Description Order No nation LBA Local bus adapter for the electronics box This is 6SE7090 0XX84 4HAO required for installing T100 T300 1 TSY SCB1 and description 6SE7080 0CX84 4HAO0 SCB2 T100 Technology board Board 6SE7090 0XX87 0BBO description 6SE7080 0CX87 0BBO T300 Technology board for controlling technological Board 6SE7090 0XX84 0AHO processes description 6SE7080 0CX84 0AHO Serial communications board with fiber optic cable for Board 6SE7090 0XX84
267. xternal system side Desig Description Order No nation SCH Serial I O board only in conjunction with SCB1 Board 6SE7090 0XX84 3EA0 Analog and binary input and outputs for coupling to the description 65E7080 00X84 0BCO SCB1 via fiber optic cable Serial I O board only in conjunction with SCB1 Board 6SE7090 0XX84 3EFO description 6SE7080 0CX84 0BCO Binary inputs and outputs for coupling to the SCB1 via fiber optic cable Table 9 4 Interface boards 9 3 Power Supply A SITOP power supply as described in Catalog KT10 is recommended for the rectifier regenerating unit connector X9 9 2 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Options 9 4 Operator control User friendly operator control panel with plain text display Order No 6SE7090 0XX84 2FFO Fault Table 9 5 Operator control options Run The optional user friendly operator panel OP1 is connected to the SST1 serial interface of the basic unit Z Sw The following parameters influence the function of the OP1 or the interface SST1 P050 P051 P053 P054 P683 to P687 Yoo For further information see the OP1 manual 4 5 6 1 2 3 0 Reset Figure 9 1 9 5 Mechanical design Option Desemptlon ___ Busbar option Size E For interconnecting the rectifier and regenerative
268. y a new ON command must be given to enable the DC link to re charge The inverter is not automatically restarted by the WEA auto restart function Restart following power recovery and pre charging of the DC link During the power outage the controllers and firing pulses of the PZD R R are inhibited The rectifier regenerating unit enters ON Always status 9010 On recovery of the voltage the DC link is charged again as quickly as possible see Section 4 3 10 1 Important The necessary external measures must be taken to guarantee safety on an automatic restart PNU 16EHex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 1 Caps FormingTime 1 0 to 600 0 min Forming time of the DC link This parameter is used when forming the DC link 52 20 RDS parameter PNU 198Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 1 Contactor Delay 0 0 to 4120 0 s Closing delay of the line contactor Closing of the line contactor is delayed by the time set here with respect to the Switch on command This parameter can be used to implement time grading when energizing the line contactors of several drive units in order to prevent the inrush currents of the autotransformers for regenerative mode overloading a supply transformer PNU 199Hex Type O2 Scaling 1Hex 2 0 1 Siemens 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions See Modify access status 5 15 Parameter List PNU Conf Par 5 9 5 16 OP
269. y or considerable property damage CAUTION The modules contain electrostatically sensitive devices You must discharge your own body before touching an electronic module This is best done by touching a conductive earthed object e g a bare metal part of the control cabinet directly beforehand Replacing modules in the electronics box option Undo the securing screws of the modules Slot 1 CUR above and below the insertion removal aids Slot 3 Options By means of the insertion removal aids Slot 2 Options carefully pull the module out of the electronics box making sure that the module does not get stuck Carefully insert the new module in the guide rails until it moves no further in the electronics box Firmly screw down the module with the securing screws above and below the insertion removal aids Figure 8 5 Electronics box equipped with CUR slot 1 and options slots 2 and 3 8 4 Siemens AG 65 7087 6 85 1 0 Rectifier Regenerating Unit Operating Instructions 12 95 Maintenance Assigning the Start up parameters for the CUR option module A10 For general information see Chapter 4 P and Higher key P and Lower key P key See Section 4 2 2 or 4 2 3 Switch over from fault display to parameterization Access stage Expert mode setting initialization WARNING Initialization is ma

SIMOVERT Master Drives Rectifier/Regenerating Unit Sizes C to K

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents